Sen. Emil Jones Jr.
Filed: 3/30/2007
|
|||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | AMENDMENT TO SENATE BILL 1
| ||||||
2 | AMENDMENT NO. ______. Amend Senate Bill 1 by replacing | ||||||
3 | everything after the enacting clause with the following:
| ||||||
4 | "Article 1. SHORT TITLE AND CONSTRUCTION | ||||||
5 | Section 101. Short title. This Act may be cited as the | ||||||
6 | Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act. | ||||||
7 | Section 102. Construction.
Except as otherwise expressly | ||||||
8 | provided or clearly appearing from the context, any term used | ||||||
9 | in this Act has the same meaning as when used in a comparable | ||||||
10 | context in the Illinois Income Tax Act as in effect for the | ||||||
11 | taxable year.
| ||||||
12 | ARTICLE 2. TAX IMPOSED, RATE, AND BASE | ||||||
13 | Section 201. Tax imposed.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) A tax is hereby imposed on each taxpayer for the | ||||||
2 | privilege of doing business in this State equal to the Illinois | ||||||
3 | gross receipts of the taxpayer, multiplied by the rates | ||||||
4 | determined under Section 203 of this Act and reduced by any | ||||||
5 | credit allowed under Section 204. | ||||||
6 | (b) The tax imposed under this Act applies to taxable years | ||||||
7 | ending on or after December 31, 2008. | ||||||
8 | (c) The tax imposed under this Act is a tax on the taxpayer | ||||||
9 | and may not be separately billed or invoiced to another person.
| ||||||
10 | (d) It is the purpose of Section 201 of this Act to impose | ||||||
11 | a tax upon the privilege of doing business in this State, so | ||||||
12 | far as the same may be done under the Constitution and statutes | ||||||
13 | of the United States and the Constitution of the State of | ||||||
14 | Illinois. If any clause, sentence, Section, provision, part, or | ||||||
15 | exemption included in this Act, or the application thereof to | ||||||
16 | any person or circumstance, is adjudged to be unconstitutional, | ||||||
17 | it is the intent of the General Assembly that the remainder of | ||||||
18 | this Act, or its application to persons or circumstances other | ||||||
19 | than those to which it has been held invalid, shall not be | ||||||
20 | affected thereby. | ||||||
21 | Section 202. Gross receipts and Illinois gross receipts.
| ||||||
22 | (a) Gross receipts. For purposes of this Act, "gross | ||||||
23 | receipts" means the total amount realized by a taxpayer, | ||||||
24 | without deduction for the cost of goods sold or other expenses | ||||||
25 | incurred, that is included in gross income of the taxpayer, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | without exclusion or exemption except as provided in this | ||||||
2 | Section, and including the fair market value of any property | ||||||
3 | and any services received and any debt transferred or forgiven | ||||||
4 | as consideration. | ||||||
5 | (1) Gross receipts include, but are not limited to: | ||||||
6 | (A) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or | ||||||
7 | other disposition of the taxpayer's property to or with | ||||||
8 | another; | ||||||
9 | (B) Amounts realized from the taxpayer's | ||||||
10 | performance of services for another; | ||||||
11 | (C) Amounts realized from another's use or | ||||||
12 | possession of the taxpayer's property or capital; and | ||||||
13 | (D) Any combination of the foregoing amounts. | ||||||
14 | (2) "Gross receipts" does not include the following | ||||||
15 | amounts: | ||||||
16 | (A) Receipts from sales at retail of food for human | ||||||
17 | consumption that is to be consumed off the premises | ||||||
18 | where it is sold (other than alcoholic beverages, soft | ||||||
19 | drinks, and food that has been prepared for immediate | ||||||
20 | consumption) and nonprescription medicines, drugs, | ||||||
21 | medical appliances, modifications to a motor vehicle | ||||||
22 | for the purpose of rendering it usable by a disabled | ||||||
23 | person, and urine or blood testing materials used by | ||||||
24 | diabetics, for human use, to the extent such sales are | ||||||
25 | (or would be absent a specific exemption or exclusion) | ||||||
26 | subject to tax at the 1% rate under Section 2-10 of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act; | ||||||
2 | (A-1) Receipts from the transfer of the following | ||||||
3 | items for human use under a prescription, but only when | ||||||
4 | the items are transferred incident to a retail service | ||||||
5 | transaction: medicines, drugs, medical appliances, | ||||||
6 | modifications to a motor vehicle for the purpose of | ||||||
7 | rendering it usable by a disabled person, and insulin, | ||||||
8 | urine or blood testing materials, syringes, and | ||||||
9 | needles used by diabetics; | ||||||
10 | (B) Amounts received by an individual as dividends | ||||||
11 | or other distributions from earnings and profits of | ||||||
12 | corporations, partnerships, limited liability | ||||||
13 | companies, trusts, and other business entities and | ||||||
14 | distributive or proportionate shares of receipts and | ||||||
15 | income from a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, | ||||||
16 | or trust and, in the case of an individual owner of a | ||||||
17 | disregarded entity, gross receipts of the disregarded | ||||||
18 | entity; | ||||||
19 | (C) Receipts of an individual from the sale, | ||||||
20 | exchange, or other disposition of an asset described in | ||||||
21 | Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code, without | ||||||
22 | regard to the length of time the taxpayer held the | ||||||
23 | asset; | ||||||
24 | (D) Proceeds attributable to the recovery of | ||||||
25 | principal from the repayment, maturity, transfer, or | ||||||
26 | redemption of the principal of a loan (including any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | account receivable held by any taxpayer other than a | ||||||
2 | person to whom subparagraph (D) of paragraph (3) of | ||||||
3 | this subsection (a) applies), bond, mutual fund, | ||||||
4 | certificate of deposit, or marketable instrument, or | ||||||
5 | amounts in excess of the net income realized on a | ||||||
6 | notional principal contract; | ||||||
7 | (E) The principal amount received under a | ||||||
8 | repurchase agreement or on account of any transaction | ||||||
9 | properly characterized as a loan to the taxpayer; | ||||||
10 | (F) Contributions received by a trust, plan, or | ||||||
11 | other arrangement, any of which is described in Section | ||||||
12 | 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or to which Title | ||||||
13 | 26, Subtitle A, Chapter 1, Subchapter (D) of the | ||||||
14 | Internal Revenue Code applies; | ||||||
15 | (G) Compensation, whether current or deferred, and | ||||||
16 | whether in cash or in kind, received or to be received | ||||||
17 | by an employee, former employee, or the employee's | ||||||
18 | legal successor for services rendered to or for an | ||||||
19 | employer, including reimbursements received by or for | ||||||
20 | an individual for medical or education expenses, | ||||||
21 | health insurance premiums, or employee expenses, or on | ||||||
22 | account of a dependent care spending account, legal | ||||||
23 | services plan, any cafeteria plan described in section | ||||||
24 | 125 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar | ||||||
25 | employee reimbursement; | ||||||
26 | (H) Proceeds received from the issuance of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxpayer's own stock or other evidence of ownership, | ||||||
2 | from the issuance of options, warrants, puts, or calls | ||||||
3 | on the taxpayer's own stock or other evidence of | ||||||
4 | ownership, or from the sale of the taxpayer's treasury | ||||||
5 | stock; | ||||||
6 | (I) Proceeds from payments from life insurance | ||||||
7 | policies; | ||||||
8 | (J) Damages received as the result of litigation in | ||||||
9 | excess of amounts that, if received without | ||||||
10 | litigation, would be gross receipts; | ||||||
11 | (K) In the case of an agent, property, money, and | ||||||
12 | other amounts received or acquired by the agent on | ||||||
13 | behalf of another in excess of the agent's commission, | ||||||
14 | fee, or other remuneration. For purposes of this | ||||||
15 | subparagraph, "agent" means a person authorized by | ||||||
16 | another person to act on its behalf to undertake a | ||||||
17 | transaction for the other, and includes a person who | ||||||
18 | receives a fee to sell financial instruments on behalf | ||||||
19 | of another person or a person who retains only a | ||||||
20 | commission from a transaction with the other proceeds | ||||||
21 | from the transaction being remitted to another person. | ||||||
22 | (L) Tax refunds, other tax benefit recoveries, and | ||||||
23 | reimbursements for the tax imposed under this chapter | ||||||
24 | made by entities that are part of the same unitary | ||||||
25 | business group; | ||||||
26 | (M) Pension reversions; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (N) Contributions to capital; | ||||||
2 | (O) Sales, occupation, use, excise, or other taxes | ||||||
3 | or fees collected by the taxpayer from a purchaser and | ||||||
4 | which the taxpayer is required by law to collect | ||||||
5 | directly from a purchaser and remit to a local, state, | ||||||
6 | or national tax authority; | ||||||
7 | (P) Property, money, and other amounts received by | ||||||
8 | a professional employer organization from a client | ||||||
9 | employer, in excess of the administrative fee charged | ||||||
10 | by the professional employer organization to the | ||||||
11 | client employer; | ||||||
12 | (Q) Amounts received from pari-mutuel wagering | ||||||
13 | subject to tax under Section 27 of the Illinois Horse | ||||||
14 | Racing Act of 1975 or would be subject to such tax if | ||||||
15 | the wagering were conducted within this State; | ||||||
16 | (R) Amounts received from conduct of gambling | ||||||
17 | games subject to tax under Section 13 of the Riverboat | ||||||
18 | Gambling Act or would be subject to such tax if the | ||||||
19 | gambling were conducted within this State; | ||||||
20 | (S) Gross receipts from the conduct of a lottery | ||||||
21 | under the Illinois Lottery Law; | ||||||
22 | (T) Amounts received from means-tested medical | ||||||
23 | assistance programs administered by the Department of | ||||||
24 | Healthcare and Family Services, including the | ||||||
25 | Children's Health Insurance Program Act, the Covering | ||||||
26 | All Kids Health Insurance Program Act, the Veterans |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Health Insurance Program Act, and health benefits | ||||||
2 | under the Illinois Public Aid Code: | ||||||
3 | (i) by an individual, or by a partnership, | ||||||
4 | Subchapter S corporation or disregarded entity | ||||||
5 | entirely owned by one or more individuals, or by a | ||||||
6 | hospital, as defined in Section 3 of the Hospital | ||||||
7 | Licensing Act, for any medical services; or | ||||||
8 | (ii) by any taxpayer, for outpatient medical | ||||||
9 | services; | ||||||
10 | (U) Receipts from a sale, exchange, or other | ||||||
11 | disposition of "qualifying investment securities", | ||||||
12 | within the meaning of Section 1501(a)(11.5) of the | ||||||
13 | Illinois Income Tax Act, or of an asset other than the | ||||||
14 | stock in trade or inventory of the taxpayer; | ||||||
15 | (V) Insurance premiums, to the extent subject to | ||||||
16 | tax under Section 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code; | ||||||
17 | and
| ||||||
18 | (W) Amounts which are exempt from gross receipts | ||||||
19 | taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes | ||||||
20 | or Constitution or by reason of the Constitution, | ||||||
21 | treaties or statutes of the United States. | ||||||
22 | (3) In calculating gross receipts, the following shall | ||||||
23 | be deducted to the extent included as a gross receipt in | ||||||
24 | the current taxable year or reported as taxable gross | ||||||
25 | receipts in a prior taxable year: | ||||||
26 | (A) Cash discounts allowed and taken; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (B) Returns and allowances; | ||||||
2 | (C) Bad debts. For the purposes of this paragraph, | ||||||
3 | "bad debts" mean any debts that have become worthless | ||||||
4 | or uncollectible between the preceding and current | ||||||
5 | taxable years, have been uncollected for at least six | ||||||
6 | months, and may be claimed as a deduction under section | ||||||
7 | 166 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations | ||||||
8 | adopted pursuant thereto, or that could be claimed as | ||||||
9 | such if the taxpayer kept its accounts on the accrual | ||||||
10 | basis. "Bad debts" does not include uncollectible | ||||||
11 | amounts on property that remains in the possession of | ||||||
12 | the taxpayer until the full purchase price is paid, | ||||||
13 | expenses in attempting to collect any account | ||||||
14 | receivable or for any portion of the debt recovered, | ||||||
15 | and repossessed property; and | ||||||
16 | (D) Any amount realized from the sale of an account | ||||||
17 | receivable by the taxpayer originating the account | ||||||
18 | receivable but only to the extent the receipts from the | ||||||
19 | underlying transaction giving rise to the account | ||||||
20 | receivable were included in the gross receipts of the | ||||||
21 | taxpayer. | ||||||
22 | (b) Illinois gross receipts. The Illinois gross receipts of | ||||||
23 | the taxpayer shall include: | ||||||
24 | (1) Gross rents and royalties from real property | ||||||
25 | located in this State; | ||||||
26 | (2) Gross rents and royalties from tangible personal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | property, to the extent the tangible personal property is | ||||||
2 | located or used in this State; | ||||||
3 | (3) Gross receipts from the sale of electricity and | ||||||
4 | electric transmission and distribution services, if the | ||||||
5 | meter at which the quantity of electricity sold or | ||||||
6 | delivered to the purchaser is measured, is located in this | ||||||
7 | State; | ||||||
8 | (4) Gross receipts from the sale of | ||||||
9 | telecommunications, broadcast, internet, or cable | ||||||
10 | services, if the location of the equipment at which the | ||||||
11 | services are received by the purchaser is located in this | ||||||
12 | State. In the event this may not be a defined location, as | ||||||
13 | in the case of mobile phones, paging systems, or maritime | ||||||
14 | systems, the equipment is deemed to be the purchaser's | ||||||
15 | place of primary use as defined in the Mobile | ||||||
16 | Telecommunications Sourcing Conformity Act. For | ||||||
17 | air-to-ground systems and the like, the location of a | ||||||
18 | purchaser's primary use of the equipment is deemed to be as | ||||||
19 | defined by telephone number, authorization code, or | ||||||
20 | location to which bills are sent by the taxpayer to the | ||||||
21 | purchaser; | ||||||
22 | (5) Gross receipts from the sale of real property | ||||||
23 | located in this State; | ||||||
24 | (6) Gross receipts from the sale of tangible personal | ||||||
25 | property received in this State by the purchaser. In the | ||||||
26 | case of delivery of tangible personal property by common |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | carrier or by other means of transportation, the place at | ||||||
2 | which such property is ultimately received after all | ||||||
3 | transportation has been completed shall be considered the | ||||||
4 | place where the purchaser receives the property. For | ||||||
5 | purposes of this section, the phrase "delivery of tangible | ||||||
6 | personal property by common carrier or by other means of | ||||||
7 | transportation" includes the situation in which a | ||||||
8 | purchaser accepts the property in this state and then | ||||||
9 | transports the property directly or by other means to a | ||||||
10 | location outside this State. Direct delivery in this state, | ||||||
11 | other than for purposes of transportation, to a person or | ||||||
12 | firm designated by a purchaser constitutes delivery to the | ||||||
13 | purchaser in this State, and direct delivery outside this | ||||||
14 | State to a person or firm designated by a purchaser does | ||||||
15 | not constitute delivery to the purchaser in this State, | ||||||
16 | regardless of where title passes or other conditions of | ||||||
17 | sale; | ||||||
18 | (7) Gross receipts from the sale, exchange, | ||||||
19 | disposition, or other grant of the right to use trademarks, | ||||||
20 | trade names, patents, copyrights, and similar intellectual | ||||||
21 | property, to the extent that the receipts are based on the | ||||||
22 | amount of use of the property in this State. If the | ||||||
23 | receipts are not based on the amount of use of the | ||||||
24 | property, but rather on the right to use the property, and | ||||||
25 | the payor has the right to use the property in this State, | ||||||
26 | then the receipts from the sale, exchange, disposition, or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | other grant of the right to use such property are Illinois | ||||||
2 | gross receipts to the extent the receipts are based on the | ||||||
3 | right to use the property in this State; | ||||||
4 | (8) Gross receipts from the sale of transportation | ||||||
5 | services by a common or contract carrier, in proportion to | ||||||
6 | the mileage traveled by the carrier during the taxable year | ||||||
7 | on roadways, waterways, airways, and railways in this State | ||||||
8 | to the mileage traveled by the carrier during the taxable | ||||||
9 | year on roadways, waterways, airways, and railways | ||||||
10 | everywhere; | ||||||
11 | (9) Gross receipts from interest and dividends, and | ||||||
12 | gross receipts derived from "qualifying investment | ||||||
13 | securities" within the meaning of Section 1501(a)(11.5) of | ||||||
14 | the Illinois Income Tax Act, if the payor is a resident of | ||||||
15 | this State (in the case of an individual, trust or estate) | ||||||
16 | or if the payor's commercial domicile is in this State (for | ||||||
17 | all other payors); provided that, unless the taxpayer has | ||||||
18 | actual knowledge to the contrary as shown in its books and | ||||||
19 | records, the mailing address of the payor used in | ||||||
20 | connection with the transaction in which the gross receipts | ||||||
21 | are derived shall be deemed to show the state of residence | ||||||
22 | or commercial domicile of the payor; | ||||||
23 | (10) Gross receipts from the sale of all other | ||||||
24 | services, and all other gross receipts for which no express | ||||||
25 | provision is made in this section, in the proportion that | ||||||
26 | the purchaser's benefit in this State with respect to what |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | was purchased bears to the purchaser's benefit everywhere | ||||||
2 | with respect to what was purchased. The physical location | ||||||
3 | where the purchaser ultimately uses or receives the benefit | ||||||
4 | of what was purchased shall be paramount in determining the | ||||||
5 | proportion of the benefit in this State to the benefit | ||||||
6 | everywhere; and | ||||||
7 | (11) If the provisions of paragraphs (1) to (10) of | ||||||
8 | this subsection do not fairly represent the extent of a | ||||||
9 | taxpayer's activity in this State, the taxpayer may | ||||||
10 | request, or the Department may require or permit, an | ||||||
11 | alternative method to effectuate an equitable allocation | ||||||
12 | of the taxpayer's gross receipts to this State.
| ||||||
13 | Section 203. Rate.
| ||||||
14 | (a) Illinois gross receipts from sales, leases, or rentals | ||||||
15 | of tangible personal property, or from construction contracts | ||||||
16 | pursuant to which tangible personal property is incorporated | ||||||
17 | into a structure or improvement on and becomes a part of real | ||||||
18 | property, are taxed at the rate of 0.85%. | ||||||
19 | (b) All other Illinois gross receipts are taxed at the rate | ||||||
20 | of 1.95%. | ||||||
21 | (c) For purposes of determining whether the tax imposed by | ||||||
22 | this Act is imposed at the rate under subsection (a), "sales of | ||||||
23 | tangible personal property" means the type of transactions that | ||||||
24 | either: | ||||||
25 | (1) occur in Illinois and are subject to the Retailers' |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Occupation Tax Act or would be but for the fact that the | ||||||
2 | transactions are: | ||||||
3 | (A) exempt as sales for resale; | ||||||
4 | (B) exempt as occasional sales; or | ||||||
5 | (C) exempt under a specific product or use-based | ||||||
6 | exemption or exclusion or any other specific exemption | ||||||
7 | or exclusion contained in the Retailers' Occupation | ||||||
8 | Tax Act; or | ||||||
9 | (2) do not occur in Illinois but would be subject to | ||||||
10 | the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act if they occurred in | ||||||
11 | Illinois, or would be if they occurred in Illinois but for | ||||||
12 | the fact that the transactions are: | ||||||
13 | (A) exempt as sales for resale; | ||||||
14 | (B) exempt as occasional sales; or | ||||||
15 | (C) exempt under a specific product or use-based | ||||||
16 | exemption or exclusion or any other specific exemption | ||||||
17 | or exclusion contained in the Retailers' Occupation | ||||||
18 | Tax Act. | ||||||
19 | Section 204. Credits.
| ||||||
20 | (a) For each taxable year, each taxpayer that is a | ||||||
21 | corporation is allowed a credit for any Illinois income tax | ||||||
22 | liability incurred for the taxable year under Section 201(b)(8) | ||||||
23 | of the Illinois Income Tax Act, after taking into account any | ||||||
24 | credits allowed against that liability under Article 2 of the | ||||||
25 | Illinois Income Tax Act. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) The credits allowed under this Section may not reduce | ||||||
2 | the taxpayers liability under this Act to less than zero. No | ||||||
3 | carryover of excess credits may be made to other taxable years. | ||||||
4 | Section 205. Exempt organizations.
The following | ||||||
5 | organizations are exempt from the tax imposed by this Act: | ||||||
6 | (a) an organization that is exempt from the federal income | ||||||
7 | tax by reason of Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is | ||||||
8 | taxed only on those Illinois gross receipts taken into account | ||||||
9 | in computing its unrelated business taxable income as | ||||||
10 | determined under Section 512 of the Internal Revenue Code; | ||||||
11 | (b) the government of the United States, of any foreign | ||||||
12 | country, or of any of the states or of any agency, | ||||||
13 | instrumentality, or political subdivision of such a | ||||||
14 | government; and | ||||||
15 | (c) any taxpayer whose Illinois gross receipts for the | ||||||
16 | taxable year total $2,000,000 or less. For short taxable years, | ||||||
17 | the $2,000,000 amount is an amount equal to: (i) $2,000,000 | ||||||
18 | multiplied by the number of days in the short taxable year; | ||||||
19 | divided by (ii) 365.
The General Assembly has established the | ||||||
20 | exemption in this subsection for purposes of administrative | ||||||
21 | convenience and to avoid additional expenses in the collection | ||||||
22 | or enforcement of the Gross Receipts Tax on behalf of the | ||||||
23 | taxpayer, entity, or Department. | ||||||
24 | ARTICLE 3. ACCOUNTING |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 301. Taxable years.
For purposes of this Act, the | ||||||
2 | taxable year of a taxpayer is the taxable year used by the | ||||||
3 | taxpayer for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a | ||||||
4 | disregarded entity, the taxable year is the taxable year of its | ||||||
5 | owner. The taxable year of any other taxpayer is its annual | ||||||
6 | accounting period if it is a fiscal or calendar year and, in | ||||||
7 | all other cases, is the calendar year.
| ||||||
8 | Section 302. Method of accounting. A taxpayer's method of | ||||||
9 | accounting for gross receipts for a taxable year must be the | ||||||
10 | same as the taxpayer's method of accounting for federal income | ||||||
11 | tax purposes for the taxable year. A disregarded entity must | ||||||
12 | use the method of accounting used by its owner. | ||||||
13 | Section 303. Combined reporting. The members of a unitary | ||||||
14 | business group who are required to file a combined Illinois | ||||||
15 | income tax return under Section 502(e) of the Illinois Income | ||||||
16 | Tax Act are treated as a single taxpayer and must file a | ||||||
17 | combined return under this Act. | ||||||
18 | Section 304. Reallocation of items. If it appears to the | ||||||
19 | Director that any agreement, understanding, or arrangement | ||||||
20 | exists between any persons that causes any taxpayer's Illinois | ||||||
21 | gross receipts to be improperly or inaccurately reflected, then | ||||||
22 | the Director may adjust those gross receipts and any factor |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taken into account in allocating gross receipts to this State | ||||||
2 | to such extent as may reasonably be required to determine the | ||||||
3 | gross receipts of the taxpayer that are properly allocable to | ||||||
4 | this State. | ||||||
5 | ARTICLE 4. RETURNS AND NOTICES | ||||||
6 | Section 401. Returns and notices. | ||||||
7 | (a) Except as provided by the Department by rule, each | ||||||
8 | taxpayer qualified to do business in this State at any time | ||||||
9 | during a taxable year shall make a return under this Act for | ||||||
10 | that taxable year. | ||||||
11 | (b) Each taxpayer shall keep such records, render such | ||||||
12 | statements, make such returns and notices, and comply with such | ||||||
13 | rules that the Department may from time to time adopt. Whenever | ||||||
14 | in the judgment of the Director it is necessary, he or she may | ||||||
15 | require any person, by notice served upon that person or by | ||||||
16 | rule, to make such returns and notices, render such statements, | ||||||
17 | or keep such records, as the Director deems sufficient to show | ||||||
18 | whether or not that person is liable for tax under this Act.
| ||||||
19 | Section 402. Time and place for filing returns. | ||||||
20 | (a) Returns required by this Act must be filed at such | ||||||
21 | place that the Department may require by rule. | ||||||
22 | (b) A return due under this Act for any taxable year must | ||||||
23 | be filed on or before the due date (including extensions) for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | filing of the taxpayer's Illinois income tax return for the | ||||||
2 | same taxable year under the Illinois Income Tax Act. If no | ||||||
3 | Illinois income tax return is due then the return must be filed | ||||||
4 | as follows: | ||||||
5 | (1) Except as provided in item (3), returns of | ||||||
6 | individuals, partnerships, trusts, and estates must be | ||||||
7 | filed on or before the 15th day of the fourth month | ||||||
8 | following the close of the taxable year. | ||||||
9 | (2) Corporate returns must be filed on or before the | ||||||
10 | 15th day of the third month following the close of the | ||||||
11 | taxable year. | ||||||
12 | (3) Organizations that are exempt from the federal | ||||||
13 | income tax by reason of Section 501(a) of the Internal | ||||||
14 | Revenue Code shall file returns required by this Act on or | ||||||
15 | before the 15th day of the 5th month following the close of | ||||||
16 | the taxable year. | ||||||
17 | (4) The return of a disregarded entity must be filed on | ||||||
18 | or before the due date under items (1), (2), or (3) of the | ||||||
19 | disregarded entity's owner. | ||||||
20 | (c) If the taxpayer has been granted an extension or | ||||||
21 | extensions of time within which to file its Illinois income tax | ||||||
22 | return or its federal income tax return for any taxable year, | ||||||
23 | then the filing of a copy of such extension or extensions with | ||||||
24 | the Department shall automatically extend the due date of the | ||||||
25 | return with respect to the tax imposed by this Act for an | ||||||
26 | equivalent period (plus an additional month beyond the federal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | extension in the case of corporations) if the requirements of | ||||||
2 | Section 502 are met. | ||||||
3 | (d) The Department may prescribe forms allowing taxpayers | ||||||
4 | to file a return due under this Act as part of the return due | ||||||
5 | under the Illinois Income Tax Act for the same taxable year. | ||||||
6 | (e) The Department may require electronic filing of any | ||||||
7 | return due under this Act. | ||||||
8 | Section 403. Signing of returns and notices. | ||||||
9 | (a) Signature presumed authentic. The fact that an | ||||||
10 | individual's name is signed to a return or notice is prima | ||||||
11 | facie evidence for all purposes that the document was actually | ||||||
12 | signed by that individual. If a return is prepared by an income | ||||||
13 | tax return preparer for a taxpayer, then that preparer shall | ||||||
14 | sign the return as the preparer of that return. If a return is | ||||||
15 | transmitted to the Department electronically, then the | ||||||
16 | Department may presume that the electronic return originator | ||||||
17 | has obtained and is transmitting a valid signature document | ||||||
18 | pursuant to the rules adopted by the Department for the | ||||||
19 | electronic filing of tax returns, or the Department may | ||||||
20 | authorize electronic return originators to maintain the | ||||||
21 | signature documents and associated documentation, subject to | ||||||
22 | the Department's right of inspection at any time without | ||||||
23 | notice, rather than transmitting those documents to the | ||||||
24 | Department, and the Department may process the return. | ||||||
25 | (b) Corporations. A return or notice required of a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | corporation must be signed by the president, vice-president, | ||||||
2 | treasurer or any other officer duly authorized so to act or, in | ||||||
3 | the case of a limited liability company, by a manager or | ||||||
4 | member. In the case of a return or notice made for a | ||||||
5 | corporation by a fiduciary, the fiduciary shall sign the | ||||||
6 | document. The fact that an individual's name is signed to a | ||||||
7 | return or notice is prima facie evidence that the individual is | ||||||
8 | authorized to sign the document on behalf of the taxpayer. | ||||||
9 | (c) Partnerships. A return or notice of a partnership must | ||||||
10 | be signed by any one of the partners or, in the case of a | ||||||
11 | limited liability company, by a manager or member. The fact | ||||||
12 | that a person's name is signed to a return or notice is prima | ||||||
13 | facie evidence that the individual is authorized to sign the | ||||||
14 | document on behalf of the partnership or limited liability | ||||||
15 | company. | ||||||
16 | (d) Failure to sign a return. If a taxpayer fails to sign a | ||||||
17 | return within 30 days after proper notice and demand for | ||||||
18 | signature by the Department, the return is considered valid, | ||||||
19 | and any amount shown to be due on the return is deemed | ||||||
20 | assessed. Any overpayment of tax shown on the face of an | ||||||
21 | unsigned return is considered forfeited if, after notice and | ||||||
22 | demand for signature by the Department, the taxpayer fails to | ||||||
23 | provide a signature and 3 years have passed from the date the | ||||||
24 | return was filed. | ||||||
25 | Section 404. Verification. Each return or notice required |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to be filed under this Act must contain or be verified by a | ||||||
2 | written declaration that it is made under the penalties of | ||||||
3 | perjury. A taxpayer's signing a fraudulent return under this | ||||||
4 | Act is perjury, as defined in Section 32-2 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
5 | of 1961. | ||||||
6 | Section 405. Changes affecting federal income tax. A person | ||||||
7 | shall notify the Department if the federal income tax liability | ||||||
8 | of that person for any year is altered by amendment of that | ||||||
9 | person's federal income tax return or as a result of any other | ||||||
10 | recomputation or redetermination of federal income tax | ||||||
11 | liability and the alteration reflects a change or settlement | ||||||
12 | with respect to any item or items affecting the computation of | ||||||
13 | that person's Illinois gross receipts tax for any year under | ||||||
14 | this Act. The notification must be in the form of an amended | ||||||
15 | return or such other form as the Department may by require by | ||||||
16 | rule, must contain the person's name and address and any other | ||||||
17 | information that the Department may by rule require, must be | ||||||
18 | signed by the person or his or her duly authorized | ||||||
19 | representative, and must be filed not later than 120 days after | ||||||
20 | the alteration has been agreed to or finally determined for | ||||||
21 | federal income tax purposes or after any federal income tax | ||||||
22 | deficiency or refund, tentative carryback adjustment, | ||||||
23 | abatement, or credit resulting therefrom has been assessed or | ||||||
24 | paid, whichever occurs first. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ARTICLE 5. PAYMENTS | ||||||
2 | Section 501. Payment on due date of return. Each taxpayer | ||||||
3 | required to file a return under this Act shall, without | ||||||
4 | assessment, notice, or demand, pay any tax due thereon to the | ||||||
5 | Department at the place fixed by rules adopted by the | ||||||
6 | Department for filing on or before the date fixed for filing | ||||||
7 | the return (determined without regard to any extension of time | ||||||
8 | for filing the return). In making payment as provided in this | ||||||
9 | Section, there remains payable only the balance of the tax | ||||||
10 | remaining due after giving effect to payments of estimated tax | ||||||
11 | made by the taxpayer under Article 6 of this Act for the | ||||||
12 | taxable year and to tentative payments under Section 502 of | ||||||
13 | this Act for the taxable year, which payments are deemed to | ||||||
14 | have been paid on account of the tax imposed by this Act for | ||||||
15 | the taxable year. | ||||||
16 | Section 502. Tentative payments. | ||||||
17 | (a) In connection with any extension provided under Section | ||||||
18 | 402 of the time for filing a return, the taxpayer shall file a | ||||||
19 | tentative tax return and pay, on or before the date required by | ||||||
20 | law for the filing of the return (determined without regard to | ||||||
21 | any extensions of time for such filing), the amount properly | ||||||
22 | estimated as his or her tax for the taxable year. | ||||||
23 | (b) Interest and penalty on any amount of tax due and | ||||||
24 | unpaid for the period of any extension is payable as provided |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act. | ||||||
2 | Section 503. Electronic funds transfers. The Department | ||||||
3 | may, by rule, require any taxpayer to make payments due under | ||||||
4 | this Act by electronic funds transfer. | ||||||
5 | ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT OF ESTIMATED TAX | ||||||
6 | Section 601. Payment of estimated tax. | ||||||
7 | (a) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, | ||||||
8 | each taxpayer is required to pay estimated tax for the taxable | ||||||
9 | year, in the form and manner that the Department requires by | ||||||
10 | rule. | ||||||
11 | (b) The estimated tax must be paid in 4 equal installments | ||||||
12 | for each taxable year as follows: | ||||||
13 | (1) the first installment is due on April 15; | ||||||
14 | (2) the second installment is due on June 15; | ||||||
15 | (3) the third installment is due on September 15; | ||||||
16 | (4) for individuals and disregarded entities owned by | ||||||
17 | individuals, the fourth installment is due on January 15 of | ||||||
18 | the following taxable year; and | ||||||
19 | (5) for all other taxpayers, the fourth installment is | ||||||
20 | due on December 15 | ||||||
21 | (c) Application to short taxable years. The application of | ||||||
22 | this Section to taxable years of less than 12 months is in | ||||||
23 | accordance with rules adopted by the Department. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d) In the application of this Section to the case of a | ||||||
2 | taxable year beginning on any date other than January 1, there | ||||||
3 | must be substituted, for the months specified in subsection | ||||||
4 | (b), the months that correspond thereto. | ||||||
5 | (e) Any installment of estimated tax may be paid before the | ||||||
6 | date prescribed for its payment. | ||||||
7 | Section 602. Failure to pay estimated tax. | ||||||
8 | (a) In case of any underpayment of estimated tax by a | ||||||
9 | taxpayer, except as provided in subsection (d), the taxpayer is | ||||||
10 | liable to a penalty in an amount determined at the rate | ||||||
11 | prescribed by Section 3-3 of the Uniform Penalty and Interest | ||||||
12 | Act upon the amount of the underpayment, determined under | ||||||
13 | subsection (b), for each required installment. | ||||||
14 | (b) For purposes of subsection (a), the amount of the | ||||||
15 | underpayment is the excess of: | ||||||
16 | (1) the amount of the installment that would be | ||||||
17 | required to be paid under subsection (c); less | ||||||
18 | (2) the amount, if any, of the installment paid on or | ||||||
19 | before the last date prescribed for payment. | ||||||
20 | (c) Amount of required installments. | ||||||
21 | (1) Amount. | ||||||
22 | (A) In general. Except as provided in paragraph | ||||||
23 | (2), the amount of any required installment is 25% of | ||||||
24 | the required annual payment. | ||||||
25 | (B) Required annual payment. For purposes of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subparagraph (A), the term "required annual payment" | ||||||
2 | means the lesser of: | ||||||
3 | (i) for taxable years ending before December | ||||||
4 | 31, 2009, 80% of the tax shown on the return for | ||||||
5 | the taxable year, or if no return is filed, 80% of | ||||||
6 | the tax for such year, and for taxable years ending | ||||||
7 | on or after December 31, 2009, 90% of the tax shown | ||||||
8 | on the return for the taxable year, or if no return | ||||||
9 | is filed, 90% of the tax for such year; or | ||||||
10 | (ii) 100% of the tax shown on the return of the | ||||||
11 | taxpayer for the preceding taxable year if a return | ||||||
12 | showing a liability for tax was filed by the | ||||||
13 | taxpayer for the preceding taxable year and such | ||||||
14 | preceding year was a taxable year of 12 months. | ||||||
15 | (2) Lower required installment where annualized gross | ||||||
16 | receipts installment is less than amount determined under | ||||||
17 | paragraph (1). | ||||||
18 | (A) In general. In the case of any required | ||||||
19 | installment, if a taxpayer establishes that the | ||||||
20 | annualized Illinois gross receipts installment is less | ||||||
21 | than the amount determined under paragraph (1), then: | ||||||
22 | (i) the amount of the required installment is | ||||||
23 | the annualized Illinois gross receipts | ||||||
24 | installment; and | ||||||
25 | (ii) any reduction in a required installment | ||||||
26 | resulting from the application of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subparagraph must be recaptured by increasing the | ||||||
2 | amount of the next required installment determined | ||||||
3 | under paragraph (1) by the amount of such reduction | ||||||
4 | and by increasing subsequent required installments | ||||||
5 | to the extent that the reduction has not previously | ||||||
6 | been recaptured under this clause. | ||||||
7 | (B) Determination of annualized Illinois gross | ||||||
8 | receipts installment. In the case of any required | ||||||
9 | installment, the annualized Illinois gross receipts | ||||||
10 | installment is the excess, if any, of: | ||||||
11 | (i) an amount equal to the applicable | ||||||
12 | percentage of the tax for the taxable year computed | ||||||
13 | by placing on an annualized basis the Illinois | ||||||
14 | gross receipts for months in the taxable year | ||||||
15 | ending before the due date for the installment; | ||||||
16 | over | ||||||
17 | (ii) the aggregate amount of any prior | ||||||
18 | required installments for the taxable year. | ||||||
19 | (C) Applicable percentage.
The applicable | ||||||
20 | percentage for each required installment is as | ||||||
21 | follows: | ||||||
22 | (i) for the first required installment, the | ||||||
23 | applicable percentage is 22.5% (20% for taxable | ||||||
24 | years ending prior to December 31, 2009); | ||||||
25 | (ii) for the second required installment, the | ||||||
26 | applicable percentage is 45% (40% for taxable |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | years ending prior to December 31, 2009); | ||||||
2 | (iii) for the third required installment, the | ||||||
3 | applicable percentage is 67.5% (60% for taxable | ||||||
4 | years ending prior to December 31, 2009); and | ||||||
5 | (v) for the fourth required installment, the | ||||||
6 | applicable percentage is 90% (80% for taxable | ||||||
7 | years ending prior to December 31, 2009). | ||||||
8 | (E) Annualized Illinois gross receipts. Illinois | ||||||
9 | gross receipts shall be placed on an annualized basis | ||||||
10 | by multiplying by 12 the gross receipts: | ||||||
11 | (i) for the first 3 months of the taxable year, | ||||||
12 | in the case of the installment required to be paid | ||||||
13 | in the 4th month; | ||||||
14 | (ii) for the first 3 months or for the first 5 | ||||||
15 | months of the taxable year, in the case of the | ||||||
16 | installment required to be paid in the 6th month; | ||||||
17 | (iii) for the first 6 months or for the first 8 | ||||||
18 | months of the taxable year, in the case of the | ||||||
19 | installment required to be paid in the 9th month; | ||||||
20 | and | ||||||
21 | (iv) for the first 9 months or for the first 11 | ||||||
22 | months of the taxable year, in the case of the | ||||||
23 | installment required to be paid in the 12th month | ||||||
24 | of the taxable year, | ||||||
25 | then dividing the resulting amount by the number of | ||||||
26 | months in the taxable year (3, 5, 6, 8, 9, or 11 as the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | case may be). | ||||||
2 | (d) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of the | ||||||
3 | preceding subsections, the penalty imposed by subsection (a) is | ||||||
4 | imposed if the taxpayer was not required to file an Illinois | ||||||
5 | gross receipts tax return under this Act for the preceding | ||||||
6 | taxable year. | ||||||
7 | (e) Definition of tax. For purposes of subsections (b) and | ||||||
8 | (c), the term "tax" means the tax imposed under Article 2 of | ||||||
9 | this Act. | ||||||
10 | (f) Short taxable year. The application of this Section to | ||||||
11 | taxable years of less than 12 months must be in accordance with | ||||||
12 | rules adopted by the Department.
| ||||||
13 | Section 603. Reporting and paying with estimated income | ||||||
14 | tax. If, under Section 402(d) of this Act, the Department has | ||||||
15 | provided forms requiring the reporting of the tax due under | ||||||
16 | this Act on the taxpayer's Illinois income tax return for the | ||||||
17 | same taxable year, the Department may provide by rule that | ||||||
18 | Section 602 does not apply, the payments due under Section 601 | ||||||
19 | are due on the same dates as estimated income tax payments and | ||||||
20 | that, for purposes of the computation of penalty for failure to | ||||||
21 | pay estimated tax under Section 804 of the Illinois Income Tax | ||||||
22 | Act for a taxable year, the amount of each required installment | ||||||
23 | under Section 804(c) of the Illinois Income Tax Act are | ||||||
24 | increased by the payment required under Section 601 of this Act | ||||||
25 | at the time that the required installment was due, and any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | payment made under Section 601 of this Act is treated as a | ||||||
2 | payment of estimated tax under Section 803 of the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Income Tax Act. | ||||||
4 | ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION | ||||||
5 | Section 701. Collection authority. The Department shall | ||||||
6 | collect the taxes imposed by this Act and shall deposit the | ||||||
7 | amounts collected under this Act into the General Revenue Fund | ||||||
8 | in the State treasury. | ||||||
9 | Section 702. Notice and demand. | ||||||
10 | (a) In general. Except as provided in subsection (b), the | ||||||
11 | Director shall, as soon as practicable after an amount payable | ||||||
12 | under this Act is deemed assessed (as provided in Section 703 | ||||||
13 | of this Act), give notice to each person liable for any unpaid | ||||||
14 | portion of such assessment, stating the amount unpaid and | ||||||
15 | demanding payment thereof. In the case of tax deemed assessed | ||||||
16 | with the filing of a return, the Director shall give notice no | ||||||
17 | later than 3 years after the date the return was filed. Upon | ||||||
18 | receipt of any notice and demand there must be paid, at the | ||||||
19 | place and time stated in the notice, the amount stated in the | ||||||
20 | notice. The notice must be left at the dwelling or usual place | ||||||
21 | of business of the person or shall be sent by mail to the | ||||||
22 | person's last known address. | ||||||
23 | (b) Judicial review. In the case of a deficiency deemed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessed under Section 703(a)(2) of this Act, after the filing | ||||||
2 | of a protest, notice and demand shall not be made with respect | ||||||
3 | to the assessment until all proceedings in court for the review | ||||||
4 | of the assessment have terminated or the time for the taking | ||||||
5 | thereof has expired without the proceedings being instituted. | ||||||
6 | (c) Action for recovery of taxes. At any time that the | ||||||
7 | Department might commence proceedings for a levy under Section | ||||||
8 | 909 of this Act, regardless of whether a notice of lien was | ||||||
9 | filed under the provisions of Section 903 of this Act, it may | ||||||
10 | bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction within | ||||||
11 | or without this State in the name of the people of this State | ||||||
12 | to recover the amount of any taxes, penalties, and interest due | ||||||
13 | and unpaid under this Act. In such action, the certificate of | ||||||
14 | the Department showing the amount of the delinquency is prima | ||||||
15 | facie evidence of the correctness of the amount, its | ||||||
16 | assessment, and of the compliance by the Department with all | ||||||
17 | the provisions of this Act. | ||||||
18 | (d) Sales or transfers outside the usual course of | ||||||
19 | business; Report; payment of tax; rights and duties of | ||||||
20 | purchaser or transferee; penalty. If any taxpayer, outside the | ||||||
21 | usual course of its business, sells or transfers the major part | ||||||
22 | of any one or more of (i) the stock of goods which it is engaged | ||||||
23 | in the business of selling, (ii) the furniture or fixtures, | ||||||
24 | (iii) the machinery and equipment, or (iv) the real property of | ||||||
25 | any business that is subject to the provisions of this Act, the | ||||||
26 | purchaser or transferee of the assets shall, no later than 10 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | business days after the sale or transfer, file a notice of sale | ||||||
2 | or transfer of business assets with the Chicago office of the | ||||||
3 | Department disclosing the name and address of the seller or | ||||||
4 | transferor, the name and address of the purchaser or | ||||||
5 | transferee, the date of the sale or transfer, a copy of the | ||||||
6 | sales contract and financing agreements, which must include a | ||||||
7 | description of the property sold or transferred, the amount of | ||||||
8 | the purchase price or a statement of other consideration for | ||||||
9 | the sale or transfer and the terms for payment of the purchase | ||||||
10 | price, and such other information as the Department may | ||||||
11 | reasonably require. If the purchaser or transferee fails to | ||||||
12 | file the notice of sale with the Department within the | ||||||
13 | prescribed time, the purchaser or transferee is personally | ||||||
14 | liable to the Department for the amount owed by the seller or | ||||||
15 | transferor but unpaid, up to the amount of the reasonable value | ||||||
16 | of the property acquired by the purchaser or transferee. The | ||||||
17 | purchaser or transferee shall pay the Department the amount of | ||||||
18 | tax, penalties, and interest owed by the seller or transferor | ||||||
19 | under this Act, to the extent they have not been paid by the | ||||||
20 | seller or transferor. The seller or transferor, or the | ||||||
21 | purchaser or transferee, at least 10 business days before the | ||||||
22 | date of the sale or transfer, may notify the Department of the | ||||||
23 | intended sale or transfer and request the Department to make a | ||||||
24 | determination as to whether the seller or transferor owes any | ||||||
25 | tax, penalty, or interest due under this Act. The Department | ||||||
26 | shall take such steps as may be appropriate to comply with the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | request. | ||||||
2 | Any order issued by the Department pursuant to this Section | ||||||
3 | to withhold from the purchase price must be issued within 10 | ||||||
4 | business days after the Department receives notification of a | ||||||
5 | sale as provided in this Section. The purchaser or transferee | ||||||
6 | shall withhold any portion of the purchase price that may be | ||||||
7 | directed by the Department, but not to exceed a minimum amount | ||||||
8 | varying by type of business, as determined by the Department | ||||||
9 | pursuant to regulations, plus twice the outstanding unpaid | ||||||
10 | liabilities and twice the average liability of preceding | ||||||
11 | filings times the number of unfiled returns that were not filed | ||||||
12 | when due, to cover the amount of all tax, penalty, and interest | ||||||
13 | due and unpaid by the seller or transferor under this Act or, | ||||||
14 | if the payment of money or property is not involved, shall | ||||||
15 | withhold the performance of the condition that constitutes the | ||||||
16 | consideration for the sale or transfer. Within 60 business days | ||||||
17 | after issuance of the initial order to withhold, the Department | ||||||
18 | shall provide written notice to the purchaser or transferee of | ||||||
19 | the actual amount of all taxes, penalties, and interest then | ||||||
20 | due and whether additional amounts may become due as a result | ||||||
21 | of unpaid taxes required to be withheld by an employer, returns | ||||||
22 | that were not filed when due, pending assessments and audits | ||||||
23 | not completed. | ||||||
24 | The purchaser or transferee shall continue to withhold the | ||||||
25 | amount directed to be withheld by the initial order or any | ||||||
26 | lesser amount that is specified by the final withholding order |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or to withhold the performance of the condition that | ||||||
2 | constitutes the consideration for the sale or transfer until | ||||||
3 | the purchaser or transferee receives from the Department a | ||||||
4 | certificate showing that no unpaid tax, penalty, or interest is | ||||||
5 | due from the seller or transferor under this Act.
The purchaser | ||||||
6 | or transferee is relieved of any duty to continue to withhold | ||||||
7 | from the purchase price and of any liability for tax, penalty, | ||||||
8 | or interest due from the seller or transferor if the Department | ||||||
9 | fails to notify the purchaser or transferee in the manner | ||||||
10 | provided under this Section of the amount to be withheld within | ||||||
11 | 10 business days after the sale or transfer has been reported | ||||||
12 | to the Department or within 60 business days after issuance of | ||||||
13 | the initial order to withhold, as the case may be. The | ||||||
14 | Department has the right to determine amounts claimed on an | ||||||
15 | estimated basis to allow for periods for which returns were not | ||||||
16 | filed when due, pending assessments and audits not completed, | ||||||
17 | however the purchaser or transferee is personally liable only | ||||||
18 | for the actual amount due when determined. | ||||||
19 | If the seller or transferor has failed to pay the tax, | ||||||
20 | penalty, and interest due under this Act, and the Department | ||||||
21 | makes timely claim therefor against the purchaser or transferee | ||||||
22 | as provided in this Section, then the purchaser or transferee | ||||||
23 | shall pay to the Department the amount so withheld from the | ||||||
24 | purchase price. If the purchaser or transferee fails to comply | ||||||
25 | with the requirements of this Section, the purchaser or | ||||||
26 | transferee is personally liable to the Department for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amount owed hereunder by the seller or transferor up to the | ||||||
2 | amount of the reasonable value of the property acquired by the | ||||||
3 | purchaser or transferee. | ||||||
4 | Any person who acquires any property or rights thereto | ||||||
5 | that, at the time of acquisition, is subject to a valid lien in | ||||||
6 | favor of the Department is personally liable to the Department | ||||||
7 | for a sum equal to the amount of taxes, penalties, and | ||||||
8 | interests secured by the lien, but not to exceed the reasonable | ||||||
9 | value of the property acquired. | ||||||
10 | Section 703. Assessment. | ||||||
11 | (a) In general. | ||||||
12 | (1) Returns. The amount of tax that is shown to be due | ||||||
13 | on the return is deemed assessed on the date of filing of | ||||||
14 | the return (including any amended returns showing an | ||||||
15 | increase of tax). In the event that the amount of tax is | ||||||
16 | understated on the taxpayer's return due to a mathematical | ||||||
17 | error, the Department shall notify the taxpayer that the | ||||||
18 | amount of tax in excess of that shown on the return is due | ||||||
19 | and has been assessed. The notice of additional tax due | ||||||
20 | must be issued no later than 3 years after the date the | ||||||
21 | return was filed. The notice of additional tax due is not | ||||||
22 | considered to be a notice of deficiency nor does the | ||||||
23 | taxpayer have any right of protest. In the case of a return | ||||||
24 | properly filed without the computation of the tax, the tax | ||||||
25 | computed by the Department is deemed to be assessed on the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | date when payment is due. | ||||||
2 | (2) Notice of deficiency. If a notice of deficiency has | ||||||
3 | been issued, the amount of the deficiency is deemed | ||||||
4 | assessed on the date provided in section 704(d) if no | ||||||
5 | protest is filed or, if a protest is filed, then upon the | ||||||
6 | date when the decision of the Department becomes final. | ||||||
7 | (3) Payments. Any amount paid as tax or in respect of | ||||||
8 | tax paid under this Act, other than amounts paid as | ||||||
9 | estimated tax under Article 6, are deemed to be assessed | ||||||
10 | upon the date of receipt of payment, notwithstanding any | ||||||
11 | other provisions of this Act. | ||||||
12 | (b) Limitations on assessment. No deficiency may be | ||||||
13 | assessed with respect to a taxable year for which a return was | ||||||
14 | filed unless a notice of deficiency for that year was issued | ||||||
15 | not later than the date prescribed in Section 705. | ||||||
16 | Section 704. Deficiencies and overpayments. | ||||||
17 | (a) Examination of return. As soon as practicable after a | ||||||
18 | return is filed, the Department shall examine it to determine | ||||||
19 | the correct amount of tax. If the Department finds that the | ||||||
20 | amount of tax shown on the return is less than the correct | ||||||
21 | amount, it shall issue a notice of deficiency to the taxpayer | ||||||
22 | that sets forth the amount of tax and penalties proposed to be | ||||||
23 | assessed. If the Department finds that the tax paid is more | ||||||
24 | than the correct amount, it shall credit or refund the | ||||||
25 | overpayment as provided by Section 709. The findings of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department under this subsection are prima facie correct and | ||||||
2 | are prima facie evidence of the correctness of the amount of | ||||||
3 | tax and penalties due. | ||||||
4 | (b) No return filed. If the taxpayer fails to file a tax | ||||||
5 | return, the Department shall determine the amount of tax due | ||||||
6 | according to its best judgment and information, which amount so | ||||||
7 | fixed by the Department is prima facie correct and is prima | ||||||
8 | facie evidence of the correctness of the amount of tax due. The | ||||||
9 | Department shall issue a notice of deficiency to the taxpayer, | ||||||
10 | which sets forth the amount of tax and penalties proposed to be | ||||||
11 | assessed. | ||||||
12 | (c) Notice of deficiency. A notice of deficiency issued | ||||||
13 | under this Act must set forth the adjustments giving rise to | ||||||
14 | the proposed assessment and the reasons therefor. | ||||||
15 | (d) Assessment when no protest. Upon the expiration of 60 | ||||||
16 | days (150 days if the taxpayer is outside the United States) | ||||||
17 | after the date on which it was issued, a notice of deficiency | ||||||
18 | constitutes an assessment of the amount of tax and penalties | ||||||
19 | specified therein, except only for such amounts as to which the | ||||||
20 | taxpayer has filed a protest with the Department, as provided | ||||||
21 | in Section 708. | ||||||
22 | Section 705. Limitations on notices of deficiency. | ||||||
23 | (a) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this Act: | ||||||
24 | (1) a notice of deficiency must be issued not later | ||||||
25 | than 3 years after the date the return was filed; and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) no deficiency may be assessed or collected with | ||||||
2 | respect to the year for which the return was filed unless | ||||||
3 | the notice is issued within that period. | ||||||
4 | (b) No return or fraudulent return. If no return is filed | ||||||
5 | or a false and fraudulent return is filed with intent to evade | ||||||
6 | the tax imposed by this Act, a notice of deficiency may be | ||||||
7 | issued at any time. | ||||||
8 | (c) Failure to report federal change. If a taxpayer fails | ||||||
9 | to notify the Department in any case where notification is | ||||||
10 | required by Section 405, a notice of deficiency may be issued | ||||||
11 | at any time for the taxable year for which the notification is | ||||||
12 | required, but the amount of any proposed assessment set forth | ||||||
13 | in the notice is limited to the amount of any deficiency | ||||||
14 | resulting under this Act from giving effect to the item or | ||||||
15 | items required to be reported. | ||||||
16 | (d) Report of federal change. In any case where | ||||||
17 | notification of an alteration is given as required by Section | ||||||
18 | 405, a notice of deficiency may be issued at any time within 2 | ||||||
19 | years after the date the notification is given, but the amount | ||||||
20 | of any proposed assessment set forth in such notice is limited | ||||||
21 | to the amount of any deficiency resulting under this Act from | ||||||
22 | giving effect to the item or items reflected in the reported | ||||||
23 | alteration. | ||||||
24 | (e) Change in Illinois income tax liability. In any case | ||||||
25 | where the taxpayer's Illinois income tax liability for a | ||||||
26 | taxable year is reduced, a notice of deficiency for any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | additional tax due under this Act as the result of the | ||||||
2 | reduction in the credit allowable under Section 204(a) may be | ||||||
3 | issued at any time within 2 years after the Illinois income tax | ||||||
4 | overpayment is refunded or credited to the taxpayer. | ||||||
5 | (f) Extension by agreement. If, before the expiration of | ||||||
6 | the time set forth in this Section for the issuance of a notice | ||||||
7 | of deficiency, both the Department and the taxpayer have | ||||||
8 | consented in writing to its issuance after such time, such | ||||||
9 | notice may be issued at any time prior to the expiration of the | ||||||
10 | period agreed upon. The period so agreed upon may be extended | ||||||
11 | by subsequent agreements in writing made before the expiration | ||||||
12 | of the period previously agreed upon. If the return required | ||||||
13 | under this Act is filed using the same form as the taxpayer's | ||||||
14 | return required under the Illinois Income Tax Act, as allowed | ||||||
15 | in Section 402(d) of this Act, an agreement under Section | ||||||
16 | 905(f) of the Illinois Income Tax Act to extend the time set | ||||||
17 | forth for the issuance of a notice of deficiency under that Act | ||||||
18 | extends the time for issuance of a notice of deficiency under | ||||||
19 | this Section. | ||||||
20 | (g) Erroneous refunds. In any case in which there has been | ||||||
21 | an erroneous refund of tax payable under this Act, a notice of | ||||||
22 | deficiency may be issued at any time within 2 years from the | ||||||
23 | making of the refund, or within 5 years from the making of the | ||||||
24 | refund if it appears that any part of the refund was induced by | ||||||
25 | fraud or the misrepresentation of a material fact, but the | ||||||
26 | amount of any proposed assessment set forth in the notice is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limited to the amount of the erroneous refund. | ||||||
2 | (h) Time return deemed filed. For purposes of this Section, | ||||||
3 | a tax return filed before the last day prescribed by law | ||||||
4 | (including any extension thereof) is deemed to have been filed | ||||||
5 | on that last day. | ||||||
6 | (i) Request for prompt determination of liability. For | ||||||
7 | purposes of subsection (a)(1), in the case of a tax return | ||||||
8 | required under this Act by a corporation, the period referred | ||||||
9 | to in that subsection is 18 months after a written request for | ||||||
10 | prompt determination of liability is filed with the Department | ||||||
11 | (at such time and in such form and manner as the Department | ||||||
12 | shall by regulations prescribe) by the corporation, but not | ||||||
13 | more than 3 years after the date the return was filed. This | ||||||
14 | subsection does not apply unless: | ||||||
15 | (1) the written request notifies the Department that | ||||||
16 | the corporation contemplates dissolution at or before the | ||||||
17 | expiration of the 18-month period, the dissolution is begun | ||||||
18 | in good faith before the expiration of the 18-month period, | ||||||
19 | and the dissolution is completed; | ||||||
20 | (2) the written request notifies the Department that a | ||||||
21 | dissolution has in good faith been begun and the | ||||||
22 | dissolution is completed; or | ||||||
23 | (3) A dissolution has been completed at the time the | ||||||
24 | written request is made. | ||||||
25 | (j) Transferee liability. A notice of deficiency may be | ||||||
26 | issued to a transferee relative to a liability asserted under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 1203 during time periods defined as follows: | ||||||
2 | (1) Initial transferee. In the case of the liability of | ||||||
3 | an initial transferee, up to 2 years after the expiration | ||||||
4 | of the period of limitation for assessment against the | ||||||
5 | transferor, except that if a court proceeding for review of | ||||||
6 | the assessment against the transferor has begun, then up to | ||||||
7 | 2 years after the return of the certified copy of the | ||||||
8 | judgment in the court proceeding. | ||||||
9 | (2) Transferee of transferee. In the case of the | ||||||
10 | liability of a transferee, up to 2 years after the | ||||||
11 | expiration of the period of limitation for assessment | ||||||
12 | against the preceding transferee, but not more than 3 years | ||||||
13 | after the expiration of the period of limitation for | ||||||
14 | assessment against the initial transferor; except that if, | ||||||
15 | before the expiration of the period of limitation for the | ||||||
16 | assessment of the liability of the transferee, a court | ||||||
17 | proceeding for the collection of the tax or liability in | ||||||
18 | respect thereof has been begun against the initial | ||||||
19 | transferor or the last preceding transferee, as the case | ||||||
20 | may be, then the period of limitation for assessment of the | ||||||
21 | liability of the transferee expires 2 years after the | ||||||
22 | return of the certified copy of the judgment in the court | ||||||
23 | proceeding. | ||||||
24 | Section 706. Further notices of deficiency restricted. If a | ||||||
25 | protest has been filed with respect to a notice of deficiency |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | issued by the Department with respect to a taxable year and the | ||||||
2 | decision of the Department on the protest has become final, the | ||||||
3 | Department is barred from issuing a further or additional | ||||||
4 | notice of deficiency for that taxable year, except in the case | ||||||
5 | of fraud, mathematical error, a return that is not considered | ||||||
6 | processable, as the term is defined in Section 3-2 of the | ||||||
7 | Uniform Penalty and Interest Act, or as provided in Section | ||||||
8 | 705(d). | ||||||
9 | Section 707. Waiver of restrictions on assessment. The | ||||||
10 | taxpayer at any time, whether or not a notice of deficiency has | ||||||
11 | been issued, has the right to waive the restrictions on | ||||||
12 | assessment and collection of the whole or any part of any | ||||||
13 | proposed assessment under this Act by a signed notice in | ||||||
14 | writing filed with the Department in the form and manner that | ||||||
15 | the Department may provide by rule. | ||||||
16 | Section 708. Procedure on protest. | ||||||
17 | (a) Time for protest. Within 60 days (150 days if the | ||||||
18 | taxpayer is outside the United States) after the issuance of a | ||||||
19 | notice of deficiency, the taxpayer may file with the Department | ||||||
20 | a written protest against the proposed assessment in the form | ||||||
21 | and manner that the Department may provide by rule, setting | ||||||
22 | forth the grounds on which the protest is based. If a protest | ||||||
23 | is filed, the Department shall reconsider the proposed | ||||||
24 | assessment and, if the taxpayer has so requested, shall grant |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the taxpayer or his or her authorized representative a hearing. | ||||||
2 | (b) Notice of decision. As soon as practical after the | ||||||
3 | reconsideration and hearing, if any, the Department shall issue | ||||||
4 | a notice of decision by mailing the notice by certified or | ||||||
5 | registered mail. The notice must set forth briefly the | ||||||
6 | Department's findings of fact and the basis of decision in each | ||||||
7 | case decided in whole or in part adversely to the taxpayer. | ||||||
8 | (c) Request for rehearing. Within 30 days after the mailing | ||||||
9 | of a notice of decision, the taxpayer may file with a | ||||||
10 | Department a written request for rehearing in the form and | ||||||
11 | manner that the Department may provide by rule, setting forth | ||||||
12 | the grounds on which the rehearing is requested. In any such | ||||||
13 | case, the Department shall, in its discretion, grant either a | ||||||
14 | rehearing or Departmental review unless, within 10 days of | ||||||
15 | receipt of the request, it issues a denial of the request by | ||||||
16 | mailing the denial to the taxpayer by certified or registered | ||||||
17 | mail. If rehearing or Departmental review is granted, as soon | ||||||
18 | as practical after the rehearing or Departmental review, the | ||||||
19 | Department shall issue a notice of final decision as provided | ||||||
20 | in subsection (b). | ||||||
21 | (d) Finality of decision. The action of the Department on | ||||||
22 | the taxpayer's protest becomes final: | ||||||
23 | (1) 30 days after the issuance of a notice of decision | ||||||
24 | as provided in subsection (b); or | ||||||
25 | (2) if a timely request for rehearing was made, upon | ||||||
26 | the issuance of a denial of the request or the issuance of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a notice of final decision, as provided in subsection (c). | ||||||
2 | Section 709. Credits and refunds. | ||||||
3 | (a) In general. In the case of any overpayment, the | ||||||
4 | Department may credit the amount of the overpayment, including | ||||||
5 | any interest allowed thereon, against any liability in respect | ||||||
6 | of the tax imposed by this Act or any other act administered by | ||||||
7 | the Department or against any liability of the taxpayer | ||||||
8 | collectible by the Department, regardless of whether other | ||||||
9 | collection remedies are closed to the Department on the part of | ||||||
10 | the person who made the overpayment and shall refund any | ||||||
11 | balance to that person. The Department shall apply overpayments | ||||||
12 | to liabilities in the order provided in Section 911.3 of the | ||||||
13 | Illinois Income Tax Act. | ||||||
14 | (b) Credits against estimated tax. The Department may adopt | ||||||
15 | rules providing for the crediting against the estimated tax for | ||||||
16 | any taxable year of the amount determined by the taxpayer or | ||||||
17 | the Department to be an overpayment of the tax imposed by this | ||||||
18 | Act for a preceding taxable year. | ||||||
19 | (c) Interest on overpayment. Interest is allowed and paid | ||||||
20 | at the rate and in the manner set forth under Section 3-2 of | ||||||
21 | the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act upon any overpayment in | ||||||
22 | respect of the tax imposed by this Act. For purposes of this | ||||||
23 | subsection, no amount of tax, for any taxable year, may be | ||||||
24 | treated as having been paid before the date on which the tax | ||||||
25 | return for that year was due under Section 402, without regard |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to any extension of the time for filing the return. | ||||||
2 | (d) Refund claim. Every claim for refund must be filed with | ||||||
3 | the Department in writing in the form and manner that the | ||||||
4 | Department may provide by rule, and must state the specific | ||||||
5 | grounds upon which it is founded. | ||||||
6 | (e) Notice of denial. As soon as practical after a claim | ||||||
7 | for refund is filed, the Department shall examine it and either | ||||||
8 | issue a notice of refund, abatement, or credit to the claimant | ||||||
9 | or issue a notice of denial. If the Department has failed to | ||||||
10 | approve or deny the claim before the expiration of 6 months | ||||||
11 | after the date the claim was filed, then the claimant may | ||||||
12 | nevertheless thereafter file with the Department a written | ||||||
13 | protest in the form and manner that the Department may provide | ||||||
14 | by rule. If a protest is filed, the Department shall consider | ||||||
15 | the claim and, if the taxpayer has so requested, shall grant | ||||||
16 | the taxpayer or the taxpayer's authorized representative a | ||||||
17 | hearing within 6 months after the date the request is filed. | ||||||
18 | (f) Effect of denial. A denial of a claim for refund | ||||||
19 | becomes final 60 days after the date of issuance of the notice | ||||||
20 | of the denial except for those amounts denied as to which the | ||||||
21 | claimant has filed a protest with the Department, as provided | ||||||
22 | by Section 710. | ||||||
23 | (g) An overpayment of tax shown on the face of an unsigned | ||||||
24 | return is considered forfeited to the State if, after notice | ||||||
25 | and demand for signature by the Department, the taxpayer fails | ||||||
26 | to provide a signature and 3 years have passed after the date |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the return was filed. An overpayment of tax refunded to a | ||||||
2 | taxpayer whose return was filed electronically is considered an | ||||||
3 | erroneous refund under Section 712 of this Act if, after proper | ||||||
4 | notice and demand by the Department, the taxpayer fails to | ||||||
5 | provide a required signature document. A notice and demand for | ||||||
6 | signature in the case of a return reflecting an overpayment may | ||||||
7 | be made by first class mail.
| ||||||
8 | Section 710. Procedure on denial of claim for refund. | ||||||
9 | (a) Time for protest. Within 60 days after the denial of | ||||||
10 | the claim, the claimant may file with the Department a written | ||||||
11 | protest against the denial in the form and manner that the | ||||||
12 | Department may provide by rule, setting forth the grounds on | ||||||
13 | which such protest is based. If a protest is filed, the | ||||||
14 | Department shall reconsider the denial and, if the taxpayer has | ||||||
15 | so requested, shall grant the taxpayer or his authorized | ||||||
16 | representative a hearing. | ||||||
17 | (b) Notice of decision. As soon as practicable after the | ||||||
18 | reconsideration and hearing, if any, the Department shall issue | ||||||
19 | a notice of decision by mailing the notice by certified or | ||||||
20 | registered mail. Such notice must set forth briefly the | ||||||
21 | Department's findings of fact and the basis of decision in each | ||||||
22 | case decided in whole or in part adversely to the claimant. | ||||||
23 | (c) Request for rehearing. Within 30 days after the mailing | ||||||
24 | of a notice of decision, the claimant may file with the | ||||||
25 | Department a written request for rehearing in the form and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | manner that the Department may provide by rule, setting forth | ||||||
2 | the grounds on which rehearing is requested. In any such case, | ||||||
3 | the Department shall, in its discretion, grant either a | ||||||
4 | rehearing or Departmental review unless, within 10 days of | ||||||
5 | receipt of the request, it issues a denial of the request by | ||||||
6 | mailing the denial to the claimant by certified or registered | ||||||
7 | mail. If rehearing or Departmental review is granted, as soon | ||||||
8 | as practical after the rehearing or Departmental review, the | ||||||
9 | Department shall issue a notice of final decision as provided | ||||||
10 | in subsection (b). | ||||||
11 | (d) Finality of decision. The action of the Department on | ||||||
12 | the claimant's protest becomes final: | ||||||
13 | (1) 30 days after issuance of a notice of decision as | ||||||
14 | provided in subsection (b); or | ||||||
15 | (2) if a timely request for rehearing was made, upon | ||||||
16 | the issuance of a denial of the request or the issuance of | ||||||
17 | a notice of final decision as provided in subsection (c). | ||||||
18 | Section 711. Limitations on claims for refund. | ||||||
19 | (a) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this Act: | ||||||
20 | (1) A claim for refund must be filed no later than 3 | ||||||
21 | years after the date that the return was filed or one year | ||||||
22 | after the date that the tax was paid, whichever is the | ||||||
23 | later; and | ||||||
24 | (2) No credit or refund is allowed or made with respect | ||||||
25 | to the year for which the claim was filed unless the claim |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is filed within such period. | ||||||
2 | (b) Federal changes. In any case where notification of an | ||||||
3 | alteration is required by Section 405, a claim for refund may | ||||||
4 | be filed within 2 years after the date on which the | ||||||
5 | notification was due (regardless of whether such notice was | ||||||
6 | given), but the amount recoverable pursuant to a claim filed | ||||||
7 | under this Section is limited to the amount of any overpayment | ||||||
8 | resulting under this Act from giving effect to the item or | ||||||
9 | items reflected in the alteration required to be reported. | ||||||
10 | (c) Change in Illinois income tax liability. In any case | ||||||
11 | where the taxpayer's Illinois income tax liability for a | ||||||
12 | taxable year is increased, a claim for refund or credit of any | ||||||
13 | overpayment under this Act attributable to the resulting | ||||||
14 | increase in the credit allowable under Section 204(a) may be | ||||||
15 | filed at any time within 2 years after the increase in Illinois | ||||||
16 | income tax is paid. | ||||||
17 | (d) Extension by agreement. If, before the expiration of | ||||||
18 | the time prescribed in this Section for the filing of a claim | ||||||
19 | for refund, both the Department and the claimant have consented | ||||||
20 | in writing to its filing after that time, the claim may be | ||||||
21 | filed at any time prior to the expiration of the period agreed | ||||||
22 | upon. The period so agreed upon may be extended by subsequent | ||||||
23 | agreements in writing made before the expiration of the period | ||||||
24 | previously agreed upon. An agreement under Section 911(c) of | ||||||
25 | the Illinois Income Tax Act to extend the time prescribed for | ||||||
26 | the filing of a refund claim under that Act extends the time |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for filing of a refund claim under this Section. | ||||||
2 | (e) Limit on amount of credit or refund. | ||||||
3 | (1) Limit where claim filed within 3-year period. If | ||||||
4 | the claim was filed by the claimant during the 3-year | ||||||
5 | period set forth in subsection (a), then the amount of the | ||||||
6 | credit or refund may not exceed the portion of the tax paid | ||||||
7 | within the period, immediately preceding the filing of the | ||||||
8 | claim, equal to 3 years plus the period of any extension of | ||||||
9 | time for filing the return. | ||||||
10 | (2) Limit where claim not filed within 3-year period. | ||||||
11 | If the claim was not filed within such 3-year period, then | ||||||
12 | the amount of the credit or refund may not exceed the | ||||||
13 | portion of the tax paid during the one year immediately | ||||||
14 | preceding the filing of the claim. | ||||||
15 | (f) Time return deemed filed. For purposes of this Section, | ||||||
16 | a tax return filed before the last day prescribed by law for | ||||||
17 | the filing of the return (including any extensions thereof) is | ||||||
18 | deemed to have been filed on that last day. | ||||||
19 | (g) No claim for refund based on the taxpayer's taking a | ||||||
20 | credit for estimated tax payments as provided by Article 6 of | ||||||
21 | this Act or for any amount paid by a taxpayer pursuant to | ||||||
22 | Section 502 of this Act may be filed unless the return for the | ||||||
23 | taxable year for which the payments were made was filed not | ||||||
24 | more than 3 years after the due date, as provided by Section | ||||||
25 | 402, of the return for the taxable year. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 712. Recovery of erroneous refund. An erroneous | ||||||
2 | refund is considered to be a deficiency of tax on the date made | ||||||
3 | and is deemed to be assessed and must be collected as provided | ||||||
4 | in Sections 703 and 704. | ||||||
5 | Section 713. Access to books and records. All books and | ||||||
6 | records and other papers and documents that are required by | ||||||
7 | this Act to be kept must, at all times during business hours of | ||||||
8 | the day, be subject to inspection by the Department or its duly | ||||||
9 | authorized agents and employees. If, during the course of any | ||||||
10 | audit, investigation, or hearing, the Department determines | ||||||
11 | that a taxpayer lacks necessary documentary evidence, the | ||||||
12 | Department is authorized to notify the taxpayer, in writing, to | ||||||
13 | produce the evidence. The taxpayer has 60 days, subject to the | ||||||
14 | right of the Department to extend this period either on request | ||||||
15 | for good cause shown or on its own motion, after the date the | ||||||
16 | notice is personally delivered or sent to the taxpayer by | ||||||
17 | certified or registered mail in which to obtain and produce the | ||||||
18 | evidence for the Department's inspection. The failure to | ||||||
19 | provide the requested evidence within the 60-day period | ||||||
20 | precludes the taxpayer from providing the evidence at a later | ||||||
21 | date during the audit, investigation, or hearing. | ||||||
22 | Section 714. Conduct of investigations and hearings. For | ||||||
23 | the purpose of administering and enforcing the provisions of | ||||||
24 | this Act, the Department, or any officer or employee of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department designated, in writing, by the Director may hold | ||||||
2 | investigations and hearings concerning any matters covered by | ||||||
3 | this Act and may examine any books, papers, records, or | ||||||
4 | memoranda bearing upon such matters, and may require the | ||||||
5 | attendance of any person, or any officer or employee of such | ||||||
6 | person, having knowledge of such matters, and may take | ||||||
7 | testimony and require proof for its information. In the conduct | ||||||
8 | of any investigation or hearing, neither the Department nor any | ||||||
9 | officer or employee thereof is bound by the technical rules of | ||||||
10 | evidence, and no informality in any proceeding, or in the | ||||||
11 | manner of taking testimony, invalidates any order, decision, | ||||||
12 | rule or regulation made or approved or confirmed by the | ||||||
13 | Department. The Director, or any officer or employee of the | ||||||
14 | Department authorized by the Director has power to administer | ||||||
15 | oaths to such persons. The books, papers, records, and | ||||||
16 | memoranda of the Department, or parts thereof, may be proved in | ||||||
17 | any hearing, investigation, or legal proceeding by a reproduced | ||||||
18 | copy thereof or by a computer print-out of Department records, | ||||||
19 | under the certificate of the Director. If reproduced copies of | ||||||
20 | the Department's books, papers, records, or memoranda are | ||||||
21 | offered as proof, then the Director must certify that those | ||||||
22 | copies are true and exact copies of the records on file with | ||||||
23 | the Department. If computer print-outs of records of the | ||||||
24 | Department are offered as proof, then the Director must certify | ||||||
25 | that those computer print-outs are true and exact | ||||||
26 | representations of records properly entered into standard |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | electronic computing equipment, in the regular course of the | ||||||
2 | Department's business, at or reasonably near the time of the | ||||||
3 | occurrence of the facts recorded, from trustworthy and reliable | ||||||
4 | information. The reproduced copy shall, without further proof, | ||||||
5 | be admitted into evidence before the Department or in any legal | ||||||
6 | proceeding. | ||||||
7 | Section 715. Immunity of witnesses. No person is excused | ||||||
8 | from testifying or from producing any books, papers, records, | ||||||
9 | or memoranda in any investigation or upon any hearing, when | ||||||
10 | ordered to do so by the Department or any officer or employee | ||||||
11 | thereof, upon the ground that the testimony or evidence, | ||||||
12 | documentary or otherwise, may tend to incriminate him or her or | ||||||
13 | subject him or her to a criminal penalty, but no person may be | ||||||
14 | prosecuted or subjected to any criminal penalty for, or on | ||||||
15 | account of, any transaction made or thing concerning which he | ||||||
16 | or she may testify or produce evidence, documentary or | ||||||
17 | otherwise, before the Department or an officer or employee | ||||||
18 | thereof; provided, that the immunity extends only to a natural | ||||||
19 | person who, in obedience to a subpoena, gives testimony under | ||||||
20 | oath or produces evidence, documentary or otherwise, under | ||||||
21 | oath. No person so testifying is exempt from prosecution and | ||||||
22 | punishment for perjury committed in so testifying. | ||||||
23 | Section 716. Production of witnesses and records. | ||||||
24 | (a) Subpoenas. The Department or any officer or employee of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Department designated in writing by the Director, shall at | ||||||
2 | its or his or her own instance, or on the written request of | ||||||
3 | any other party to the proceeding, issue subpoenas requiring | ||||||
4 | the attendance of and the giving of testimony by witnesses, and | ||||||
5 | subpoenas duces tecum requiring the production of books, | ||||||
6 | papers, records, or memoranda. All subpoenas and subpoenas | ||||||
7 | duces tecum issued under this Act may be served by any person | ||||||
8 | of full age. | ||||||
9 | (b) Fees. The fees of witnesses for attendance and travel | ||||||
10 | are the same as the fees of witnesses before a Circuit Court of | ||||||
11 | this State, such fees to be paid when the witness is excused | ||||||
12 | from further attendance. When the witness is subpoenaed at the | ||||||
13 | instance of the Department or any officer or employee thereof, | ||||||
14 | the fees must be paid in the same manner as other expenses of | ||||||
15 | the Department, and when the witness is subpoenaed at the | ||||||
16 | instance of any other party to any such proceeding, the | ||||||
17 | Department may require that the cost of service of the subpoena | ||||||
18 | or subpoenas duces tecum and the fee of the witness be borne by | ||||||
19 | the party at whose instance the witness is summoned. In such | ||||||
20 | case, the Department, in its discretion, may require a deposit | ||||||
21 | to cover the cost of the service and witness fees. A subpoena | ||||||
22 | or subpoena duces tecum so issued must be served in the same | ||||||
23 | manner as a subpoena issued out of a court. | ||||||
24 | (c) Judicial enforcement. Any Circuit Court of this State, | ||||||
25 | upon the application of the Department or any officer or | ||||||
26 | employee thereof, or upon the application of any other party to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the proceeding may, in its discretion, compel the attendance of | ||||||
2 | witnesses, the production of books, papers, records, or | ||||||
3 | memoranda and the giving of testimony before the Department or | ||||||
4 | any officer or employee thereof conducting an investigation or | ||||||
5 | holding a hearing authorized by this Act, by an attachment for | ||||||
6 | contempt, or otherwise, in the same manner as production of | ||||||
7 | evidence may be compelled before the Court. | ||||||
8 | Section 717. Confidentiality and information sharing. | ||||||
9 | (a) Confidentiality. Except as provided in this Section, | ||||||
10 | all information received by the Department from returns filed | ||||||
11 | under this Act, or from any investigation conducted under the | ||||||
12 | provisions of this Act, are confidential, except for official | ||||||
13 | purposes within the Department or enforcement of any civil or | ||||||
14 | criminal penalty or sanction imposed by this Act or by another | ||||||
15 | statute imposing a State tax, and any person who divulges any | ||||||
16 | such information in any manner, except for such purposes and | ||||||
17 | pursuant to order of the Director or in accordance with a | ||||||
18 | proper judicial order, is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor. The | ||||||
19 | provisions of this subsection, however, are not applicable to a | ||||||
20 | licensed attorney representing the taxpayer if an appeal or a | ||||||
21 | protest has been filed on behalf of the taxpayer. | ||||||
22 | (b) Public information. Nothing contained in this Act | ||||||
23 | prevents the Director from publishing or making available to | ||||||
24 | the public the names and addresses of persons filing returns | ||||||
25 | under this Act, or from publishing or making available |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reasonable statistics concerning the operation of the tax | ||||||
2 | wherein the contents of returns are grouped into aggregates in | ||||||
3 | such a way that the information contained in any individual | ||||||
4 | return is not be disclosed. | ||||||
5 | (c) Governmental agencies. The Director may make available | ||||||
6 | to the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States or his or | ||||||
7 | her delegate, or the proper officer or his or her delegate of | ||||||
8 | any other state imposing a tax upon or measured by gross | ||||||
9 | receipts or income, for exclusively official purposes | ||||||
10 | information received by the Department in the administration of | ||||||
11 | this Act, but only if the United States or such other state, as | ||||||
12 | the case may be, grants the Department substantially similar | ||||||
13 | privileges.
The Director may make available to any State | ||||||
14 | agency, including the Illinois Supreme Court, that licenses | ||||||
15 | persons to engage in any occupation information that a person | ||||||
16 | licensed by that agency has failed to file returns under this | ||||||
17 | Act or pay the tax, penalty, and interest shown therein or has | ||||||
18 | failed to pay any final assessment of tax, penalty, or interest | ||||||
19 | due under this Act. | ||||||
20 | The Director may make available to any State agency, | ||||||
21 | including the Illinois Supreme Court, information regarding | ||||||
22 | whether a bidder, contractor, or an affiliate of a bidder or | ||||||
23 | contractor has failed to file returns under this Act or pay the | ||||||
24 | tax, penalty, and interest shown therein or has failed to pay | ||||||
25 | any final assessment of tax, penalty, or interest due under | ||||||
26 | this Act, for the limited purpose of enforcing bidder and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contractor certifications. For purposes of this Section, the | ||||||
2 | term "affiliate" means any entity that (1) directly, | ||||||
3 | indirectly, or constructively controls another entity, (2) is | ||||||
4 | directly, indirectly, or constructively controlled by another | ||||||
5 | entity, or (3) is subject to the control of a common entity. | ||||||
6 | For purposes of this subsection (a), an entity controls another | ||||||
7 | entity if it owns, directly or individually, more than 10% of | ||||||
8 | the voting securities of that entity. As used in this | ||||||
9 | subsection (a), the term "voting security" means a security | ||||||
10 | that (1) confers upon the holder the right to vote for the | ||||||
11 | election of members of the board of directors or similar | ||||||
12 | governing body of the business or (2) is convertible into, or | ||||||
13 | entitles the holder to receive upon its exercise, a security | ||||||
14 | that confers such a right to vote. A general partnership | ||||||
15 | interest is a voting security. | ||||||
16 | The Director may make available to any State agency, | ||||||
17 | including the Illinois Supreme Court, units of local | ||||||
18 | government, and school districts information regarding whether | ||||||
19 | a bidder or contractor is an affiliate of a person who is not | ||||||
20 | collecting and remitting Illinois Use taxes, for the limited | ||||||
21 | purpose of enforcing bidder and contractor certifications. | ||||||
22 | The Director may also make available to the Secretary of | ||||||
23 | State information that a corporation that has been issued a | ||||||
24 | certificate of incorporation by the Secretary of State has | ||||||
25 | failed to file returns under this Act or pay the tax, penalty, | ||||||
26 | and interest shown therein or has failed to pay any final |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessment of tax, penalty, or interest due under this Act. An | ||||||
2 | assessment is final when all proceedings in court for review of | ||||||
3 | the assessment have terminated or the time for the taking | ||||||
4 | thereof has expired without the proceedings being instituted. | ||||||
5 | (d) The Director shall make available for public inspection | ||||||
6 | in the Department's principal office and for publication, at | ||||||
7 | cost, administrative decisions issued under this Act. These | ||||||
8 | decisions are to be made available in a manner so that the | ||||||
9 | following taxpayer information is not disclosed: | ||||||
10 | (1) The names, addresses, and identification numbers | ||||||
11 | of the taxpayer, related entities, and employees. | ||||||
12 | (2) At the sole discretion of the Director, trade | ||||||
13 | secrets or other confidential information identified as | ||||||
14 | such by the taxpayer, no later than 30 days after receipt | ||||||
15 | of an administrative decision, by any means that the | ||||||
16 | Department shall provide by rule. | ||||||
17 | The Director shall determine the appropriate extent of the | ||||||
18 | deletions allowed in paragraph (2). If the taxpayer does not | ||||||
19 | submit deletions, then the Director shall make only the | ||||||
20 | deletions specified in paragraph (1). The Director shall make | ||||||
21 | available for public inspection and publication an | ||||||
22 | administrative decision within 180 days after the issuance of | ||||||
23 | the administrative decision. The term "administrative | ||||||
24 | decision" has the same meaning as defined in Section 3-101 of | ||||||
25 | Article III of the Code of Civil Procedure. Costs collected | ||||||
26 | under this Section must be paid into the Tax Compliance and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Administration Fund. | ||||||
2 | (e) Nothing contained in this Act prevents the Director | ||||||
3 | from divulging information to any person pursuant to a request | ||||||
4 | or authorization made by the taxpayer or by an authorized | ||||||
5 | representative of the taxpayer. | ||||||
6 | Section 718. Place of hearings. All hearings provided for | ||||||
7 | in this Act with respect to or concerning a taxpayer having its | ||||||
8 | commercial domicile in this State must be held at the | ||||||
9 | Department's office nearest to the location of such residence | ||||||
10 | or domicile, except that, if the taxpayer has its commercial | ||||||
11 | domicile in Cook County, the hearing must be held in Cook | ||||||
12 | County. If the taxpayer does not have its commercial domicile | ||||||
13 | in this State, the hearing must be held in Cook County. | ||||||
14 | ARTICLE 8. PENALTIES AND INTEREST | ||||||
15 | Section 801. Penalties and interest. | ||||||
16 | (a) Penalties and interest imposed by the Uniform Penalty | ||||||
17 | and Interest Act with respect to the obligations of a taxpayer | ||||||
18 | under this Act must be paid upon notice and demand and, except | ||||||
19 | as provided in subsection (b), must be assessed, collected, and | ||||||
20 | paid in the same manner as the tax imposed by this Act, and any | ||||||
21 | reference in this Act to the tax imposed by this Act refers | ||||||
22 | also to interest and penalties imposed by the Uniform Penalty | ||||||
23 | and Interest Act. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) If, pursuant to Section 402(d) of this Act, the | ||||||
2 | Department has provided forms requiring the reporting of the | ||||||
3 | tax due under this Act on the taxpayer's Illinois income tax | ||||||
4 | return for the same taxable year, failure to file the returns | ||||||
5 | due for a taxable year under this Act and under the Illinois | ||||||
6 | Income Tax Act are treated as a single instance of failure to | ||||||
7 | file a return and failure to timely pay the taxes shown due, or | ||||||
8 | required to be shown due, for a taxable year under this Act and | ||||||
9 | the Illinois Income Tax Act on that form are treated as a | ||||||
10 | failure to timely pay only a single liability. | ||||||
11 | (c) Assessment procedures. | ||||||
12 | (1) Interest is deemed to be assessed upon the | ||||||
13 | assessment of the tax to which the interest relates. | ||||||
14 | (2) Penalties for late payment or underpayment are | ||||||
15 | deemed to be assessed upon assessment of the tax to which | ||||||
16 | the penalty relates. | ||||||
17 | ARTICLE 9. LIENS AND JEOPARDY ASSESSMENTS | ||||||
18 | Section 901. Lien for tax. | ||||||
19 | (a) If any taxpayer neglects or refuses to pay the tax due | ||||||
20 | under this Act after demand, then the amount (including any | ||||||
21 | interest, additional amount, addition to tax, or assessable | ||||||
22 | penalty, together with any costs that may accrue in addition | ||||||
23 | thereto) is a lien in favor of the State of Illinois upon all | ||||||
24 | property and rights to property, whether real or personal, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | belonging to that person. | ||||||
2 | (b) Unless another date is specifically fixed by law, the | ||||||
3 | lien imposed by subsection (a) of this Section arises at the | ||||||
4 | time the assessment is made and continues until the liability | ||||||
5 | for the amount so assessed (or a judgment against the taxpayer | ||||||
6 | arising out of such liability) is satisfied or becomes | ||||||
7 | unenforceable by reason of lapse of time. | ||||||
8 | (c) Deficiency procedure. If the lien arises from an | ||||||
9 | assessment pursuant to a notice of deficiency, then the lien | ||||||
10 | does not attach and the notice referred to in this Section may | ||||||
11 | not be filed until all proceedings in court for review of the | ||||||
12 | assessment have terminated or the time for the taking thereof | ||||||
13 | has expired without the proceedings being instituted. | ||||||
14 | (d) Notice of lien. The lien created by assessment | ||||||
15 | terminates unless a notice of lien is filed, as provided in | ||||||
16 | Section 903, within 3 years after the date all proceedings in | ||||||
17 | court for the review of the assessment have terminated or the | ||||||
18 | time for the taking thereof has expired without the proceedings | ||||||
19 | being instituted. If the lien results from the filing of a | ||||||
20 | return without payment of the tax or penalty shown therein to | ||||||
21 | be due, then the lien terminates unless a notice of lien is | ||||||
22 | filed within 3 years after the date the return was filed with | ||||||
23 | the Department. For the purposes of this subsection (c), a tax | ||||||
24 | return filed before the last day prescribed by law, including | ||||||
25 | any extension thereof, is deemed to have been filed on that | ||||||
26 | last day. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 902. Jeopardy Assessments. | ||||||
2 | (a) Jeopardy assessment and lien. | ||||||
3 | (1) Assessment. If the Department finds that a taxpayer | ||||||
4 | is about to conceal property or to do any other act tending | ||||||
5 | to prejudice or to render wholly or partly ineffectual | ||||||
6 | proceedings to collect any amount of tax or penalties | ||||||
7 | imposed under this Act unless court proceedings are brought | ||||||
8 | without delay or if the Department finds that the | ||||||
9 | collection of that amount will be jeopardized by delay, the | ||||||
10 | Department shall give the taxpayer notice of those findings | ||||||
11 | and shall make demand for immediate return and payment of | ||||||
12 | that amount, whereupon that amount is deemed to be assessed | ||||||
13 | and becomes immediately due and payable. | ||||||
14 | (2) Filing of lien. If the taxpayer, within 5 days | ||||||
15 | after such notice (or within such extension of time as the | ||||||
16 | Department may grant), does not comply with the notice or | ||||||
17 | show to the Department that the findings in such notice are | ||||||
18 | erroneous, then the Department may file a notice of | ||||||
19 | jeopardy assessment lien in the office of the recorder of | ||||||
20 | the county in which any property of the taxpayer may be | ||||||
21 | located and shall notify the taxpayer of the filing. The | ||||||
22 | jeopardy assessment lien has the same scope and effect as a | ||||||
23 | statutory lien under this Act. The taxpayer is liable for | ||||||
24 | the filing fee incurred by the Department for filing the | ||||||
25 | lien and the filing fee incurred by the Department to file |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the release of that lien. The filing fees must be paid to | ||||||
2 | the Department in addition to payment of the tax, penalty, | ||||||
3 | and interest included in the amount of the lien. | ||||||
4 | (b) Termination of taxable year. In the case of a tax for a | ||||||
5 | current taxable year, the Director shall declare the taxable | ||||||
6 | period of the taxpayer immediately terminated and his or her | ||||||
7 | notice and demand for a return and immediate payment of the tax | ||||||
8 | relates to the period declared terminated, including therein | ||||||
9 | income accrued and deductions incurred up to the date of | ||||||
10 | termination if not otherwise properly includible or deductible | ||||||
11 | in respect of the taxable year. | ||||||
12 | (c) Protest. If the taxpayer believes that he or she does | ||||||
13 | not owe some or all of the amount for which the jeopardy | ||||||
14 | assessment lien against him or her has been filed or that no | ||||||
15 | jeopardy to the revenue in fact exists, he or she may protest | ||||||
16 | within 20 days after being notified by the Department of the | ||||||
17 | filing of the jeopardy assessment lien and request a hearing, | ||||||
18 | whereupon the Department shall hold a hearing in conformity | ||||||
19 | with the provisions of section 908 and, pursuant thereto, shall | ||||||
20 | notify the taxpayer of its decision as to whether the jeopardy | ||||||
21 | assessment lien will be released. | ||||||
22 | Section 903. Filing and Priority of Liens. | ||||||
23 | (a) Filing with recorder. Nothing in this Article may be | ||||||
24 | construed to give the Department a preference over the rights | ||||||
25 | of any bona fide purchaser, holder of a security interest, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mechanics lienor, mortgagee, or judgment lien creditor arising | ||||||
2 | prior to the filing of a regular notice of lien or a notice of | ||||||
3 | jeopardy assessment lien in the office of the recorder in the | ||||||
4 | county in which the property subject to the lien is located. | ||||||
5 | For purposes of this Section, the term "bona fide," does not | ||||||
6 | include any mortgage of real or personal property or any other | ||||||
7 | credit transaction that results in the mortgagee or the holder | ||||||
8 | of the security acting as trustee for unsecured creditors of | ||||||
9 | the taxpayer mentioned in the notice of lien who executed the | ||||||
10 | chattel or real property mortgage or the document evidencing | ||||||
11 | the credit transaction. The lien is inferior to the lien of | ||||||
12 | general taxes, special assessments, and special taxes | ||||||
13 | heretofore or hereafter levied by any political subdivision of | ||||||
14 | this State. | ||||||
15 | (b) Filing with registrar. In case title to land to be | ||||||
16 | affected by the notice of lien or notice of jeopardy assessment | ||||||
17 | lien is registered under the provisions of the Registered | ||||||
18 | Titles (Torrens) Act the notice must be filed in the office of | ||||||
19 | the registrar of titles of the county within which the property | ||||||
20 | subject to the lien is situated and must be entered upon the | ||||||
21 | register of titles as a memorial of charge upon each folium of | ||||||
22 | the register of titles affected by such notice, and the | ||||||
23 | Department does not have a preference over the rights of any | ||||||
24 | bona fide purchaser, mortgagee, judgment creditor, or other | ||||||
25 | lien holder arising prior to the registration of the notice. | ||||||
26 | (c) Index. The recorder of each county shall procure a file |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | labeled "State Tax Lien Notices" and an index book labeled | ||||||
2 | "State Tax Lien Index." When notice of any lien or jeopardy | ||||||
3 | assessment lien is presented to him or her for filing, he or | ||||||
4 | she shall file it in numerical order in the file and shall | ||||||
5 | enter it alphabetically in the index. The entry must show the | ||||||
6 | name and last known address of the person named in the notice, | ||||||
7 | the serial number of the notice, the date and hour of filing, | ||||||
8 | whether it is a regular lien or a jeopardy assessment lien, and | ||||||
9 | the amount of tax and penalty due and unpaid, plus the amount | ||||||
10 | of interest due at the time when the notice of lien or jeopardy | ||||||
11 | assessment is filed. | ||||||
12 | (d) No recorder or registrar of titles of any county may | ||||||
13 | require that the Department pay any costs or fees in connection | ||||||
14 | with recordation of any notice or other document filed by the | ||||||
15 | Department under this Act at the time the notice or other | ||||||
16 | document is presented for recordation. The recorder or | ||||||
17 | registrar of each county, in order to receive payment for fees | ||||||
18 | or costs incurred by the Department, may present the Department | ||||||
19 | with monthly statements indicating the amount of fees and costs | ||||||
20 | incurred by the Department and for which no payment has been | ||||||
21 | received. | ||||||
22 | (e) The taxpayer is liable for the filing fee incurred by | ||||||
23 | the Department for filing the lien and the filing fee incurred | ||||||
24 | by the Department to file the release of that lien. The filing | ||||||
25 | fees must be paid to the Department in addition to payment of | ||||||
26 | the tax, penalty, and interest included in the amount of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | lien. | ||||||
2 | Section 904. Duration of lien. The lien provided under this | ||||||
3 | Article 9 continues for 20 years from the date of filing the | ||||||
4 | notice of lien under the provisions of Section 903 unless | ||||||
5 | sooner released or otherwise discharged. | ||||||
6 | Section 905. Release of liens. | ||||||
7 | (a) In general. Upon payment by the taxpayer to the | ||||||
8 | Department in cash or by guaranteed remittance of an amount | ||||||
9 | representing the filing fees and charges for the lien and the | ||||||
10 | filing fees and charges for the release of that lien, the | ||||||
11 | Department shall release all or any portion of the property | ||||||
12 | subject to any lien provided for in this Act and file that | ||||||
13 | complete or partial release of lien with the recorder of the | ||||||
14 | county where that lien was filed if it determines that the | ||||||
15 | release will not endanger or jeopardize the collection of the | ||||||
16 | amount secured thereby. | ||||||
17 | (b) Judicial determination. If, on judicial review, the | ||||||
18 | final judgment of the court is that the taxpayer does not owe | ||||||
19 | some or all of the amount secured by the lien against him or | ||||||
20 | her, or that no jeopardy to the revenue exists, then the | ||||||
21 | Department shall release its lien to the extent of that finding | ||||||
22 | of nonliability or to the extent of that finding of no jeopardy | ||||||
23 | to the revenue. The taxpayer is, however, liable for the filing | ||||||
24 | fee paid by the Department to file the lien and the filing fee |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required to file a release of the lien. The filing fees must be | ||||||
2 | paid to the Department. | ||||||
3 | (c) Payment. The Department shall also release its jeopardy | ||||||
4 | assessment lien against the taxpayer if the tax and penalty | ||||||
5 | covered by the lien, plus any interest that may be due and an | ||||||
6 | amount representing the filing fee to file the lien and the | ||||||
7 | filing fee required to file a release of that lien, are paid by | ||||||
8 | the taxpayer to the Department in cash or by guaranteed | ||||||
9 | remittance. | ||||||
10 | (d) Certificate of release. The Department shall issue a | ||||||
11 | certificate of complete or partial release of the lien upon | ||||||
12 | payment by the taxpayer to the Department in cash or by | ||||||
13 | guaranteed remittance of an amount representing the filing fee | ||||||
14 | paid by the Department to file the lien and the filing fee | ||||||
15 | required to file the release of that lien: | ||||||
16 | (1) to the extent that the fair market value of any | ||||||
17 | property subject to the lien exceeds the amount of the lien | ||||||
18 | plus the amount of all prior liens upon the property; | ||||||
19 | (2) to the extent that the lien becomes unenforceable; | ||||||
20 | (3) to the extent that the amount of the lien is paid | ||||||
21 | by the person whose property is subject to the lien, | ||||||
22 | together with any interest and penalty which may become due | ||||||
23 | under this Act between the date when the notice of lien is | ||||||
24 | filed and the date when the amount of the lien is paid; | ||||||
25 | (4) to the extent that there is furnished to the | ||||||
26 | Department, on a form to be approved and with a surety or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sureties satisfactory to the Department, a bond that is | ||||||
2 | conditioned upon the payment of the amount of the lien, | ||||||
3 | together with any interest which may become due under this | ||||||
4 | Act after the notice of lien is filed, but before the | ||||||
5 | amount thereof is fully paid; and | ||||||
6 | (5) to the extent and under the circumstances specified | ||||||
7 | in this Section. A certificate of complete or partial | ||||||
8 | release of any lien is held to be conclusive that the lien | ||||||
9 | upon the property covered by the certificate is | ||||||
10 | extinguished to the extent indicated by the certificate. | ||||||
11 | The release of lien must be issued to the person, or his or | ||||||
12 | her agent, against whom the lien was obtained and must | ||||||
13 | contain in legible letters a statement as follows: | ||||||
14 |
FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE OWNER, THIS RELEASE SHALL BE | ||||||
15 | FILED WITH THE RECORDER OR THE REGISTRAR OF TITLES, IN | ||||||
16 | WHOSE OFFICE, THE LIEN WAS FILED. | ||||||
17 | (e) Filing. When a certificate of complete or partial | ||||||
18 | release of lien issued by the Department is presented for | ||||||
19 | filing in the office of the recorder or registrar of titles | ||||||
20 | where a notice of lien or notice of jeopardy assessment lien | ||||||
21 | was filed: | ||||||
22 | (1) the recorder, in the case of nonregistered | ||||||
23 | property, shall permanently attach the certificate of | ||||||
24 | release to the notice of lien or notice of jeopardy |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessment lien and shall enter the certificate of release | ||||||
2 | and the date in the "State Tax Lien Index" on the line | ||||||
3 | where the notice of lien or notice of jeopardy assessment | ||||||
4 | lien is entered; and | ||||||
5 | (2) In the case of registered property, the registrar | ||||||
6 | of titles shall file and enter upon each folium of the | ||||||
7 | register of titles affected thereby a memorial of the | ||||||
8 | certificate of release, which when so entered, acts as a | ||||||
9 | release pro tanto of any memorial of the notice of lien or | ||||||
10 | notice of jeopardy assessment lien previously filed and | ||||||
11 | registered. | ||||||
12 | Section 906. Nonliability for costs. The Department is not | ||||||
13 | be required to furnish any bond nor to make a deposit for or | ||||||
14 | pay any costs or fees of any court or officer thereof in any | ||||||
15 | legal proceedings pursuant to the provisions of this Act. | ||||||
16 | Section 907. Claim to property. Whenever any process, | ||||||
17 | issued from any court for the enforcement or collection of any | ||||||
18 | liability created by this Act, is levied by any sheriff or | ||||||
19 | other authorized person upon any personal property, and the | ||||||
20 | property is claimed by any person other than the defendant as | ||||||
21 | exempt from enforcement of a judgment thereon by virtue of the | ||||||
22 | exemption laws of this State, then it is the duty of the person | ||||||
23 | making the claim to give notice in writing of his or her claim | ||||||
24 | and of his or her intention to prosecute the same to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sheriff or other person within 10 days after the making of the | ||||||
2 | levy. On receiving such a notice, the sheriff or other person | ||||||
3 | shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of Part 2 of | ||||||
4 | Article XII of the Code of Civil Procedure, as amended. The | ||||||
5 | giving of the notice within the 10-day period is a condition | ||||||
6 | precedent to any judicial action against the sheriff or other | ||||||
7 | authorized person for wrongfully levying, seizing, or selling | ||||||
8 | the property and any such person who fails to give notice | ||||||
9 | within the time is forever barred from bringing any judicial | ||||||
10 | action against the sheriff or other person for injury or | ||||||
11 | damages to or conversion of the property. | ||||||
12 | Section 908. Foreclosure on real property. In addition to | ||||||
13 | any other remedy provided for by the laws of this State, and | ||||||
14 | provided that no hearing or proceedings for review provided by | ||||||
15 | this Act is pending and the time for the taking thereof has | ||||||
16 | expired, the Department may foreclose in the circuit court any | ||||||
17 | lien on real property for any tax or penalty imposed by this | ||||||
18 | Act to the same extent and in the same manner as in the | ||||||
19 | enforcement of other liens. The proceedings to foreclose may | ||||||
20 | not be instituted more than 5 years after the filing of the | ||||||
21 | notice of lien under the provisions of Section 903. The | ||||||
22 | process, practice, and procedure for the foreclosure is the | ||||||
23 | same as provided in the Civil Practice Law, as amended. | ||||||
24 | Section 909. Demand and seizure. In addition to any other |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | remedy provided for by the laws of this State, if the tax | ||||||
2 | imposed by this Act is not paid within the time required by | ||||||
3 | this Act, the Department, or some person designated by it, may | ||||||
4 | cause a demand to be made on the taxpayer for the payment | ||||||
5 | thereof. If the tax remains unpaid for 10 days after such a | ||||||
6 | demand has been made and no proceedings have been taken to | ||||||
7 | review the same, then the Department may issue a warrant | ||||||
8 | directed to any sheriff or other person authorized to serve | ||||||
9 | process, commanding the sheriff or other person to levy upon | ||||||
10 | the property and rights to property (whether real or personal, | ||||||
11 | tangible or intangible) of the taxpayer, without exemption, | ||||||
12 | found within his or her jurisdiction, for the payment of the | ||||||
13 | amount thereof with the added penalties, interest, and the cost | ||||||
14 | of executing the warrant. The term "levy" includes the power of | ||||||
15 | distraint and seizure by any means. In any case in which the | ||||||
16 | warrant to levy has been issued, the sheriff or other person to | ||||||
17 | whom the warrant was directed may seize and sell the property | ||||||
18 | or rights to property. The warrant must be returned to the | ||||||
19 | Department together with the money collected by virtue thereof | ||||||
20 | within the time therein specified, which may not be less than | ||||||
21 | 20 nor more than 90 days after the date of the warrant. The | ||||||
22 | sheriff or other person to whom the warrant is directed shall | ||||||
23 | proceed in the same manner as prescribed by law in respect to | ||||||
24 | the enforcement against property upon judgments by a court, and | ||||||
25 | is entitled to the same fees for his or her services in | ||||||
26 | executing the warrant, to be collected in the same manner. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department, or some officer, employee or agent designated by | ||||||
2 | it, is hereby authorized to bid for and purchase any property | ||||||
3 | sold under the provisions of this Section. No proceedings for a | ||||||
4 | levy under this Section may be commenced more than 20 years | ||||||
5 | after the latest date for filing of the notice of lien under | ||||||
6 | the provisions of Section 903, without regard to whether the | ||||||
7 | notice was actually filed. | ||||||
8 | Any officer or employee of the Department designated in | ||||||
9 | writing by the Director is authorized to serve process under | ||||||
10 | this Section to levy upon accounts or other intangible assets | ||||||
11 | of a taxpayer held by a financial organization, as defined in | ||||||
12 | Section 1501 of the Illinois Income Tax Act. In addition to any | ||||||
13 | other provisions of this Section, any officer or employee of | ||||||
14 | the Department designated in writing by the Director may levy | ||||||
15 | upon the following property and rights to property belonging to | ||||||
16 | a taxpayer: contractual payments, accounts and notes | ||||||
17 | receivable and other evidences of debt, and interest on bonds | ||||||
18 | by serving a notice of levy on the person making the payment. | ||||||
19 | The levy may not be made until the Department has caused a | ||||||
20 | demand to be made on the taxpayer in the manner provided in | ||||||
21 | this Section. A lien obtained hereunder has priority over any | ||||||
22 | subsequent lien obtained pursuant to Section 12-808 of the Code | ||||||
23 | of Civil Procedure. | ||||||
24 | In any case where property or rights to property have been | ||||||
25 | seized by an officer of the Department of State Police, or | ||||||
26 | successor agency thereto, under the authority of a warrant to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | levy issued by the Department of Revenue, the Department of | ||||||
2 | Revenue may take possession of and may sell the property or | ||||||
3 | rights to property and the Department of Revenue may contract | ||||||
4 | with third persons to conduct sales of the property or rights | ||||||
5 | to the property. In the conduct of these sales, the Department | ||||||
6 | of Revenue shall proceed in the same manner as is prescribed by | ||||||
7 | law for proceeding against property to enforce judgments that | ||||||
8 | are entered by a circuit court of this State. If, in the | ||||||
9 | Department of Revenue's opinion, no offer to purchase at the | ||||||
10 | sale is acceptable and the State's interest would be better | ||||||
11 | served by retaining the property for sale at a later date, then | ||||||
12 | the Department may decline to accept any bid and may retain the | ||||||
13 | property for sale at a later date. | ||||||
14 | Section 910. Redemption by State. The provisions of Section | ||||||
15 | 5g of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act (relating to time for | ||||||
16 | redemption by the State of real estate sold at judicial or | ||||||
17 | execution sale) as in effect on the effective date of this Act, | ||||||
18 | or as subsequently amended, apply for purposes of this Act as | ||||||
19 | if those Sections were set forth herein in their entirety. | ||||||
20 | ARTICLE 10. JUDICIAL REVIEW | ||||||
21 | Section 1001. Administrative Review Law. The provisions of | ||||||
22 | the Administrative Review Law, and the rules adopted pursuant | ||||||
23 | thereto, apply to and govern all proceedings for the judicial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | review of final actions of the Department referred to in | ||||||
2 | Sections 708(d) and 710(d). These final actions constitute | ||||||
3 | "administrative decisions", as defined in Section 3-101 of the | ||||||
4 | Code of Civil Procedure. | ||||||
5 | Section 1002. Venue. The Circuit Court of the county where | ||||||
6 | the taxpayer has his or her residence or commercial domicile, | ||||||
7 | or of Cook County in those cases where the taxpayer does not | ||||||
8 | have his or her residence or commercial domicile in this State, | ||||||
9 | has the power to review all final administrative decisions of | ||||||
10 | the Department in administering the provisions of this Act. | ||||||
11 | Section 1003. Service, certification, and dismissal. | ||||||
12 | (a) Service. Service upon the Director or the Assistant | ||||||
13 | Director of summons issued in an action to review a final | ||||||
14 | administrative decision of the Department is service upon the | ||||||
15 | Department. | ||||||
16 | (b) Certification. The Department shall certify the record | ||||||
17 | of its proceedings if the taxpayer pays to it the sum of $0.75 | ||||||
18 | per page of testimony taken before the Department and $0.25 per | ||||||
19 | page of all other matters contained in the record, except that | ||||||
20 | these charges may be waived if the Department is satisfied that | ||||||
21 | the aggrieved party is a poor person who cannot afford to pay | ||||||
22 | the charges. | ||||||
23 | (c) Dismissal. If payment for the record is not made by the | ||||||
24 | taxpayer within 30 days after notice from the Department or the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Attorney General of the cost thereof, the court in which the | ||||||
2 | proceeding is pending, on motion of the Department, shall | ||||||
3 | dismiss the complaint and shall enter judgment against the | ||||||
4 | taxpayer and in favor of the Department in accordance with the | ||||||
5 | final action of the Department, together with interest on any | ||||||
6 | deficiency to the date of entry of the judgment, and also for | ||||||
7 | costs. | ||||||
8 | Section 1004. Modification of assessment. An assessment | ||||||
9 | reviewed under this Article is deemed confirmed or abated | ||||||
10 | consistent with the final decision in the proceeding. | ||||||
11 | ARTICLE 11. CRIMES | ||||||
12 | Section 1101. Willful and fraudulent acts. Any person who | ||||||
13 | is subject to the provisions of this Act and who willfully | ||||||
14 | fails to file a return, who files a fraudulent return, or who | ||||||
15 | willfully attempts in any other manner to evade or defeat any | ||||||
16 | tax imposed by this Act or the payment thereof or any | ||||||
17 | accountant or other agent who knowingly enters false | ||||||
18 | information on the return of any taxpayer under this Act, is, | ||||||
19 | in addition to other penalties, be guilty of a Class 4 felony | ||||||
20 | for the first offense and a Class 3 felony for each subsequent | ||||||
21 | offense. Any person who is subject to this Act and who | ||||||
22 | willfully violates any rule or regulation of the Department for | ||||||
23 | the administration and enforcement of this Act or who fails to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | keep books and records as required in this Act is, in addition | ||||||
2 | to other penalties, guilty of a Class A misdemeanor. Any person | ||||||
3 | whose commercial domicile or whose residence is in this State | ||||||
4 | and who is charged with a violation under this Section must be | ||||||
5 | tried in the county where his or her commercial domicile or his | ||||||
6 | or her residence is located unless he or she asserts a right to | ||||||
7 | be tried in another venue. A prosecution for any act in | ||||||
8 | violation of this Section may be commenced at any time within 5 | ||||||
9 | years after the commission of that act. | ||||||
10 | Section 1102. Willful failure to pay over. Any person who | ||||||
11 | accepts money that is due to the Department under this Act from | ||||||
12 | a taxpayer for the purpose of acting as the taxpayer's agent to | ||||||
13 | make the payment to the Department, but who willfully fails to | ||||||
14 | remit that payment to the Department when due, is guilty of a | ||||||
15 | Class A misdemeanor. Any such person who purports to make that | ||||||
16 | payment by issuing or delivering a check or other order upon a | ||||||
17 | real or fictitious depository for the payment of money, knowing | ||||||
18 | that it will not be paid by the depository, is guilty of a | ||||||
19 | deceptive practice in violation of Section 17-1 of the Criminal | ||||||
20 | Code of 1961, as amended. Any person whose commercial domicile | ||||||
21 | or whose residence is in this State and who is charged with a | ||||||
22 | violation under this Section must be tried in the county where | ||||||
23 | his or her commercial domicile or his or her residence is | ||||||
24 | located unless he or she asserts a right to be tried in another | ||||||
25 | venue. A prosecution for any act in violation of this Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | may be commenced at any time within 5 years after the | ||||||
2 | commission of that act. | ||||||
3 | ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS | ||||||
4 | Section 1201. Adoption of Rules. The Department is | ||||||
5 | authorized to make, adopt, and enforce such reasonable rules | ||||||
6 | and regulations, and to prescribe such forms, relating to the | ||||||
7 | administration and enforcement of the provisions of this Act, | ||||||
8 | as it may deem appropriate. | ||||||
9 | Section 1202. Notice. If notice is required by this Act, | ||||||
10 | then the notice must, if not otherwise provided, be given or | ||||||
11 | issued by mailing it by registered or certified mail addressed | ||||||
12 | to the person concerned at his or her last known address. | ||||||
13 | Section 1203. Transferees. The liability of a transferee of | ||||||
14 | property of a taxpayer for any tax, penalty, or interest due | ||||||
15 | the Department under this Act, must be assessed, paid, and | ||||||
16 | collected in the same manner and subject to the same provisions | ||||||
17 | as in the case of the tax to which the liability relates, | ||||||
18 | except that the period of limitations for the issuance of a | ||||||
19 | notice of deficiency with respect to the liability is as | ||||||
20 | provided in Section 705(g). The term "transferee" includes | ||||||
21 | donee, heir, legatee, distributee, and bulk purchaser under | ||||||
22 | Section 702(d). |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 1204. Identifying numbers. If required by rules | ||||||
2 | adopted by the Department, any taxpayer required under this Act | ||||||
3 | to make a return, statement, or other document must include in | ||||||
4 | the return, statement, or other document any identifying number | ||||||
5 | as may be prescribed for securing proper identification of that | ||||||
6 | person. | ||||||
7 | Section 1205. Amounts less than $1. | ||||||
8 | (a) Payments, refunds, etc. The Department may by rule | ||||||
9 | provide that, if a total amount of less than $1 is payable, | ||||||
10 | refundable, or creditable, then the amount may be disregarded | ||||||
11 | or, alternatively, is disregarded if it is less than $0.50 and | ||||||
12 | is increased to $1 if it is $0.50 or more. | ||||||
13 | (b) Rounding. The Department may by rule provide that any | ||||||
14 | amount that is required to be shown or reported on any return | ||||||
15 | or other document under this Act is if such amount is not a | ||||||
16 | whole-dollar amount, increased to the nearest whole-dollar | ||||||
17 | amount in any case where the fractional part of a dollar is | ||||||
18 | $0.50 or more and decreased to the nearest whole-dollar amount | ||||||
19 | where the fractional part of a dollar is less than $0.50. | ||||||
20 | Section 1206. Administrative Procedure Act; application. | ||||||
21 | The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act is hereby expressly | ||||||
22 | adopted and applies to all administrative rules and procedures | ||||||
23 | of the Department of Revenue under this Act, except that: (1) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paragraph (b) of Section 5-10 of the Illinois Administrative | ||||||
2 | Procedure Act does not apply to final orders, decisions, and | ||||||
3 | opinions of the Department; (2) subparagraph (a)(2) of Section | ||||||
4 | 5-10 of the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act does not | ||||||
5 | apply to forms established by the Department for use under this | ||||||
6 | Act; and (3) the provisions of Section 10-45 of the Illinois | ||||||
7 | Administrative Procedure Act regarding proposals for decision | ||||||
8 | are excluded and not applicable to the Department under this | ||||||
9 | Act. | ||||||
10 | ARTICLE 13. DEFINITIONS | ||||||
11 | Section 1301. Definitions. | ||||||
12 | (a) In general. When used in this Act, where not otherwise | ||||||
13 | distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the | ||||||
14 | intent thereof: | ||||||
15 | "Disregarded entity" means any entity whose existence | ||||||
16 | separate from the existence of its owner is disregarded for | ||||||
17 | federal income tax purposes, including, without limitation, a | ||||||
18 | single-member limited liability company that has not elected to | ||||||
19 | be treated as a corporation, a qualified Subchapter S | ||||||
20 | subsidiary under Section 1361 of the Internal Revenue Code, and | ||||||
21 | a qualified REIT subsidiary under Section 856 of the Internal | ||||||
22 | Revenue Code. | ||||||
23 | "Insurance company" has the same meaning as when used in | ||||||
24 | Section 304(b) of the Illinois Income Tax Act. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Taxpayer" means any individual, trust, estate, | ||||||
2 | partnership, association, firm, company, corporation, limited | ||||||
3 | liability company, disregarded entity, or fiduciary engaged in | ||||||
4 | a trade or business conducted, in whole or in part, within this | ||||||
5 | State. In the case of members of unitary business group | ||||||
6 | required to join in the filing of a combined return under the | ||||||
7 | Illinois Income Tax Act, "taxpayer" means the combined group. | ||||||
8 | "Unitary business group" has the same meaning as in Section | ||||||
9 | 1501(a)(27) of the Illinois Income Tax Act, and includes any | ||||||
10 | disregarded entity whose owner is included in that unitary | ||||||
11 | business group. | ||||||
12 | (b) Other definitions. | ||||||
13 | (1) Words denoting number, gender, and so forth, when | ||||||
14 | used in this Act, where not otherwise distinctly expressed | ||||||
15 | or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof: | ||||||
16 | (A) words importing the singular include and apply | ||||||
17 | to several persons, parties or things; | ||||||
18 | (B) words importing the plural include the | ||||||
19 | singular; and | ||||||
20 | (C) words importing the masculine gender include | ||||||
21 | the feminine as well. | ||||||
22 | (2) "Company" or "association" as including successors | ||||||
23 | and assigns. The word "company" or "association", when used | ||||||
24 | in reference to a corporation, is deemed to embrace the | ||||||
25 | words "successors and assigns of the company or | ||||||
26 | association", and in like manner as if these last-named |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | words, or words of similar import, were expressed. | ||||||
2 | (3) Other terms. Any term used in any Section of this | ||||||
3 | Act with respect to the application of, or in connection | ||||||
4 | with, the provisions of any other Section of this Act have | ||||||
5 | the same meaning as in the other Section. | ||||||
6 | Section 1302. Arrangement and captions. No inference, | ||||||
7 | implication, or presumption of legislative construction may be | ||||||
8 | drawn or made by reason of the location or grouping of any | ||||||
9 | particular Section or provision of this Act, nor may any | ||||||
10 | caption be given any legal effect. | ||||||
11 | ARTICLE 90. AMENDATORY PROVISIONS | ||||||
12 | Section 90-5. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by | ||||||
13 | changing Sections 201, 501, and 901 and by adding Section 218 | ||||||
14 | as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 201. Tax Imposed.
| ||||||
17 | (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby | ||||||
18 | imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for | ||||||
19 | each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege | ||||||
20 | of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this | ||||||
21 | State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or | ||||||
22 | privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | corporation or political subdivision thereof.
| ||||||
2 | (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this | ||||||
3 | Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by | ||||||
4 | subsection (d-1):
| ||||||
5 | (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | ||||||
6 | taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal | ||||||
7 | to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable | ||||||
8 | year.
| ||||||
9 | (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | ||||||
10 | taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending | ||||||
11 | after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 | ||||||
12 | 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to | ||||||
13 | July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) | ||||||
14 | 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June | ||||||
15 | 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3.
| ||||||
16 | (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for | ||||||
17 | taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989, an amount | ||||||
18 | equal to 3% of the taxpayer's net
income for the taxable | ||||||
19 | year.
| ||||||
20 | (4) (Blank).
| ||||||
21 | (5) (Blank).
| ||||||
22 | (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
| ||||||
23 | ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
| ||||||
24 | taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
| ||||||
25 | (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | ||||||
26 | beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the | ||||||
2 | taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
| ||||||
3 | as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the | ||||||
4 | taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, | ||||||
5 | as calculated under Section
202.3.
| ||||||
6 | (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years | ||||||
7 | beginning after
June 30, 1989, an amount equal to 4.8% of | ||||||
8 | the taxpayer's net income for the
taxable year ; provided | ||||||
9 | that: | ||||||
10 | (A) for taxable years ending on or after December | ||||||
11 | 31, 2008, in the case of any corporation that is | ||||||
12 | subject to tax under the Illinois Gross Receipts Tax | ||||||
13 | Act, has greater than $1,000,000 in Illinois gross | ||||||
14 | receipts for the taxable year, and has no item of | ||||||
15 | income includable in its base income that is not also | ||||||
16 | included in gross receipts under Section 202(a) of the | ||||||
17 | Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act, the amount is zero; | ||||||
18 | and | ||||||
19 | (B) for taxable years ending after December 31, | ||||||
20 | 2011, the amount is zero if, after the effective date | ||||||
21 | of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and | ||||||
22 | prior to January 1, 2011, the General Assembly has | ||||||
23 | enacted a new statewide tax or taxes, or enacted an | ||||||
24 | increase to one or more existing statewide taxes, for | ||||||
25 | the express purpose of producing revenues sufficient | ||||||
26 | to replace the revenues under this paragraph for those |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxable years .
| ||||||
2 | (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
| ||||||
3 | Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such | ||||||
4 | income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property | ||||||
5 | Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every | ||||||
6 | corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership | ||||||
7 | and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. | ||||||
8 | Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving | ||||||
9 | income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
| ||||||
10 | Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income | ||||||
11 | tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in | ||||||
12 | addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by | ||||||
13 | this State or by any municipal
corporation or political | ||||||
14 | subdivision thereof.
| ||||||
15 | (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income | ||||||
16 | Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax | ||||||
17 | imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section | ||||||
18 | in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S | ||||||
19 | corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall | ||||||
20 | be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net | ||||||
21 | income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January | ||||||
22 | 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this | ||||||
23 | subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
| ||||||
24 | partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an | ||||||
25 | additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income | ||||||
26 | for the taxable year.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the | ||||||
2 | case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the | ||||||
3 | Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile | ||||||
4 | imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax | ||||||
5 | (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed | ||||||
6 | are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined | ||||||
7 | under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except | ||||||
8 | that for purposes of this determination premiums from | ||||||
9 | reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate | ||||||
10 | reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending | ||||||
11 | on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax | ||||||
12 | imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
| ||||||
13 | increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed | ||||||
14 | under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, | ||||||
15 | shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed | ||||||
16 | on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for | ||||||
17 | the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
| ||||||
18 | domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes | ||||||
19 | and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign | ||||||
20 | insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits | ||||||
21 | allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such | ||||||
22 | income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the | ||||||
23 | purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes | ||||||
24 | a
mutual insurer under common management.
| ||||||
25 | (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event | ||||||
26 | shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of:
| ||||||
2 | (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign | ||||||
3 | insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all | ||||||
4 | credits allowed under this Act, plus
| ||||||
5 | (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the | ||||||
6 | Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company | ||||||
7 | tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation | ||||||
8 | Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under | ||||||
9 | Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code,
| ||||||
10 | equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, | ||||||
11 | 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after | ||||||
12 | December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for | ||||||
13 | the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section | ||||||
14 | 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in | ||||||
15 | no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) | ||||||
16 | and (d).
| ||||||
17 | (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this | ||||||
18 | subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed | ||||||
19 | by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by | ||||||
20 | subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this | ||||||
21 | Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) | ||||||
22 | has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by | ||||||
23 | subsection (d).
| ||||||
24 | This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of | ||||||
25 | Section 250.
| ||||||
26 | (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
| ||||||
2 | investment in qualified property.
| ||||||
3 | (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% | ||||||
4 | of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during | ||||||
5 | the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in | ||||||
6 | service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an | ||||||
7 | additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified | ||||||
8 | property placed in service during the
taxable year, | ||||||
9 | provided such property is placed in service on or
after | ||||||
10 | July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within | ||||||
11 | Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding | ||||||
12 | year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records | ||||||
13 | filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. | ||||||
14 | Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have | ||||||
15 | met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in | ||||||
16 | which they file employment records with the Illinois
| ||||||
17 | Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to | ||||||
18 | this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public | ||||||
19 | Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing | ||||||
20 | law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the | ||||||
21 | increase in base employment within Illinois over the
| ||||||
22 | preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall | ||||||
23 | be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the | ||||||
24 | numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is | ||||||
25 | 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall | ||||||
26 | not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may | ||||||
2 | any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year | ||||||
3 | other than the year in which the property was placed in | ||||||
4 | service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after | ||||||
5 | December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the | ||||||
6 | credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the | ||||||
7 | property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the | ||||||
8 | credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it | ||||||
9 | exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later | ||||||
10 | amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to | ||||||
11 | the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the | ||||||
12 | excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments | ||||||
13 | which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time | ||||||
14 | equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an | ||||||
15 | enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
| ||||||
16 | Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the | ||||||
17 | Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now | ||||||
18 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as | ||||||
19 | complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and | ||||||
20 | (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
| ||||||
21 | Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
22 | Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all | ||||||
23 | such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending | ||||||
24 | after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for | ||||||
25 | the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, | ||||||
26 | or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or | ||||||
2 | the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried | ||||||
3 | forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable | ||||||
4 | years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall | ||||||
5 | be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a | ||||||
6 | liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year | ||||||
7 | that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit | ||||||
8 | shall be applied first.
| ||||||
9 | (2) The term "qualified property" means property | ||||||
10 | which:
| ||||||
11 | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | ||||||
12 | buildings and structural
components of buildings and | ||||||
13 | signs that are real property, but not including
land or | ||||||
14 | improvements to real property that are not a structural | ||||||
15 | component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer | ||||||
16 | lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and | ||||||
17 | other appurtenances;
| ||||||
18 | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | ||||||
19 | Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" | ||||||
20 | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not | ||||||
21 | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | ||||||
22 | (e);
| ||||||
23 | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | ||||||
24 | 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
25 | (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is | ||||||
26 | primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or fluorite, or in retailing, or was placed in service | ||||||
2 | on or after July 1, 2006 in a River Edge Redevelopment | ||||||
3 | Zone established pursuant to the River Edge | ||||||
4 | Redevelopment Zone Act; and
| ||||||
5 | (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in | ||||||
6 | such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for | ||||||
7 | the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or | ||||||
8 | subsection (f).
| ||||||
9 | (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), | ||||||
10 | "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production | ||||||
11 | of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly | ||||||
12 | regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
| ||||||
13 | assembling which changes some existing material into new | ||||||
14 | shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of | ||||||
15 | this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same | ||||||
16 | meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the | ||||||
17 | Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), | ||||||
18 | the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal | ||||||
19 | property or
services rendered in conjunction with the sale | ||||||
20 | of tangible consumer goods
or commodities.
| ||||||
21 | (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
| ||||||
22 | used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal | ||||||
23 | income tax purposes.
| ||||||
24 | (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | ||||||
25 | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | ||||||
26 | in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the | ||||||
2 | date of such increase in basis.
| ||||||
3 | (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
| ||||||
4 | meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
5 | (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
| ||||||
6 | be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within | ||||||
7 | 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of | ||||||
8 | any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 | ||||||
9 | months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property | ||||||
10 | Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
| ||||||
11 | increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) | ||||||
12 | recomputing the
investment credit which would have been | ||||||
13 | allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was | ||||||
14 | originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such | ||||||
15 | computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
| ||||||
16 | from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the | ||||||
17 | purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of | ||||||
18 | qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the | ||||||
19 | purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified | ||||||
20 | property to the extent of such reduction.
| ||||||
21 | (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, | ||||||
22 | the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs | ||||||
23 | incurred after
December 31, 2008, except for costs incurred | ||||||
24 | pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before | ||||||
25 | December 31, 2008.
| ||||||
26 | (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the | ||||||
2 | credits to which the partnership is entitled under this | ||||||
3 | subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the | ||||||
4 | credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only | ||||||
5 | against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this | ||||||
6 | Section. If the partnership makes that election, those | ||||||
7 | credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the | ||||||
8 | partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in | ||||||
9 | Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
| ||||||
10 | promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of | ||||||
11 | the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that | ||||||
12 | taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on | ||||||
13 | its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
| ||||||
14 | that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits | ||||||
15 | shall be
irrevocable.
| ||||||
16 | For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, | ||||||
17 | a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction | ||||||
18 | under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) | ||||||
19 | of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter | ||||||
20 | S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of | ||||||
21 | paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be | ||||||
22 | allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its | ||||||
23 | share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
| ||||||
24 | the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S | ||||||
25 | corporation, determined in
accordance with the | ||||||
26 | determination of income and distributive share of
income |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal | ||||||
2 | Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions | ||||||
3 | of Section 250.
| ||||||
4 | (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone; River Edge | ||||||
5 | Redevelopment Zone.
| ||||||
6 | (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the | ||||||
7 | tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for | ||||||
8 | investment in qualified
property which is placed in service | ||||||
9 | in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois | ||||||
10 | Enterprise Zone Act or, for property placed in service on | ||||||
11 | or after July 1, 2006, a River Edge Redevelopment Zone | ||||||
12 | established pursuant to the River Edge Redevelopment Zone | ||||||
13 | Act. For partners, shareholders
of Subchapter S | ||||||
14 | corporations, and owners of limited liability companies,
| ||||||
15 | if the liability company is treated as a partnership for | ||||||
16 | purposes of
federal and State income taxation, there shall | ||||||
17 | be allowed a credit under
this subsection (f) to be | ||||||
18 | determined in accordance with the determination
of income | ||||||
19 | and distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 | ||||||
20 | and
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. The credit | ||||||
21 | shall be .5% of the
basis for such property. The credit | ||||||
22 | shall be available only in the taxable
year in which the | ||||||
23 | property is placed in service in the Enterprise Zone or | ||||||
24 | River Edge Redevelopment Zone and
shall not be allowed to | ||||||
25 | the extent that it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for | ||||||
26 | the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to
below zero. For tax years ending on or after December | ||||||
2 | 31, 1985, the credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in | ||||||
3 | which the property is placed in
service, or, if the amount | ||||||
4 | of the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, | ||||||
5 | whether it exceeds the original liability or the liability | ||||||
6 | as later
amended, such excess may be carried forward and | ||||||
7 | applied to the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years | ||||||
8 | following the excess credit year.
The credit shall be | ||||||
9 | applied to the earliest year for which there is a
| ||||||
10 | liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year | ||||||
11 | that is available
to offset a liability, the credit | ||||||
12 | accruing first in time shall be applied
first.
| ||||||
13 | (2) The term qualified property means property which:
| ||||||
14 | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | ||||||
15 | buildings and
structural components of buildings;
| ||||||
16 | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | ||||||
17 | Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" | ||||||
18 | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not | ||||||
19 | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | ||||||
20 | (f);
| ||||||
21 | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | ||||||
22 | 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
23 | (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone or River Edge | ||||||
24 | Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer; and
| ||||||
25 | (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in | ||||||
26 | such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or | ||||||
2 | subsection (e).
| ||||||
3 | (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis | ||||||
4 | used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal | ||||||
5 | income tax purposes.
| ||||||
6 | (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | ||||||
7 | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | ||||||
8 | in service in the Enterprise
Zone or River Edge | ||||||
9 | Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer, the amount of such | ||||||
10 | increase shall be deemed property
placed in service on the | ||||||
11 | date of such increase in basis.
| ||||||
12 | (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same | ||||||
13 | meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
14 | (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to | ||||||
15 | be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within | ||||||
16 | 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of | ||||||
17 | any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone | ||||||
18 | or River Edge Redevelopment Zone within 48 months after | ||||||
19 | being placed in service, the tax
imposed under subsections | ||||||
20 | (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable year
shall be | ||||||
21 | increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) | ||||||
22 | recomputing
the investment credit which would have been | ||||||
23 | allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was | ||||||
24 | originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such | ||||||
25 | computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
| ||||||
26 | from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis of | ||||||
2 | qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the | ||||||
3 | purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified | ||||||
4 | property to the extent of such reduction.
| ||||||
5 | (7) There shall be allowed an additional credit equal | ||||||
6 | to 0.5% of the basis of qualified property placed in | ||||||
7 | service during the taxable year in a River Edge | ||||||
8 | Redevelopment Zone, provided such property is placed in | ||||||
9 | service on or after July 1, 2006, and the taxpayer's base | ||||||
10 | employment within Illinois has increased by 1% or more over | ||||||
11 | the preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's | ||||||
12 | employment records filed with the Illinois Department of | ||||||
13 | Employment Security. Taxpayers who are new to Illinois | ||||||
14 | shall be deemed to have met the 1% growth in base | ||||||
15 | employment for the first year in which they file employment | ||||||
16 | records with the Illinois Department of Employment | ||||||
17 | Security. If, in any year, the increase in base employment | ||||||
18 | within Illinois over the preceding year is less than 1%, | ||||||
19 | the additional credit shall be limited to that percentage | ||||||
20 | times a fraction, the numerator of which is 0.5% and the | ||||||
21 | denominator of which is 1%, but shall not exceed 0.5%.
| ||||||
22 | (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone, River Edge | ||||||
23 | Redevelopment Zone, and Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone.
| ||||||
24 | (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an | ||||||
25 | enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the | ||||||
26 | Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity or for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2006, in a | ||||||
2 | River Edge Redevelopment Zone conducting a trade or | ||||||
3 | business in a federally designated
Foreign Trade Zone or | ||||||
4 | Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit against the tax
imposed | ||||||
5 | by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in the amount of | ||||||
6 | $500
per eligible employee hired to work in the zone during | ||||||
7 | the taxable year.
| ||||||
8 | (2) To qualify for the credit:
| ||||||
9 | (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible | ||||||
10 | employees to work in an
enterprise zone, River Edge | ||||||
11 | Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign | ||||||
12 | Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the taxable year;
| ||||||
13 | (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the | ||||||
14 | enterprise zone, River Edge Redevelopment Zone, or
| ||||||
15 | federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone | ||||||
16 | must
increase by 5 or more full-time employees beyond | ||||||
17 | the total employed in that
zone at the end of the | ||||||
18 | previous tax year for which a jobs tax
credit under | ||||||
19 | this Section was taken, or beyond the total employed by | ||||||
20 | the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, whichever is | ||||||
21 | later; and
| ||||||
22 | (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 | ||||||
23 | consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for | ||||||
24 | purposes of this subsection.
| ||||||
25 | (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is:
| ||||||
26 | (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Economic Opportunity
as "eligible for services" | ||||||
2 | pursuant to regulations promulgated in
accordance with | ||||||
3 | Title II of the Job Training Partnership Act, Training
| ||||||
4 | Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job | ||||||
5 | Training Partnership
Act, Employment and Training | ||||||
6 | Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
| ||||||
7 | (B) Hired after the enterprise zone, River Edge | ||||||
8 | Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign
| ||||||
9 | Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was designated or the trade or
| ||||||
10 | business was located in that zone, whichever is later.
| ||||||
11 | (C) Employed in the enterprise zone, River Edge | ||||||
12 | Redevelopment Zone, or Foreign Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. | ||||||
13 | An employee is employed in an
enterprise zone or | ||||||
14 | federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
if | ||||||
15 | his services are rendered there or it is the base of
| ||||||
16 | operations for the services performed.
| ||||||
17 | (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours | ||||||
18 | per week.
| ||||||
19 | (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 | ||||||
20 | and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed | ||||||
21 | for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. | ||||||
22 | For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the | ||||||
23 | credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
| ||||||
24 | following the tax year in which the eligible employees are | ||||||
25 | hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax | ||||||
26 | liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess | ||||||
2 | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of | ||||||
3 | the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The | ||||||
4 | credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which | ||||||
5 | there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one | ||||||
6 | tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier | ||||||
7 | credit shall be applied first.
| ||||||
8 | (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such | ||||||
9 | rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry | ||||||
10 | out the purposes of this subsection (g).
| ||||||
11 | (6) The credit shall be available for eligible | ||||||
12 | employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986.
| ||||||
13 | (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business.
| ||||||
14 | (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 | ||||||
15 | of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be | ||||||
16 | allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | ||||||
17 | and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
| ||||||
18 | property which is placed in service by a Department of | ||||||
19 | Commerce and Economic Opportunity
designated High Impact | ||||||
20 | Business. The credit shall be .5% of the basis
for such | ||||||
21 | property. The credit shall not be available (i) until the | ||||||
22 | minimum
investments in qualified property set forth in | ||||||
23 | subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 of the Illinois
| ||||||
24 | Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or (ii) until the | ||||||
25 | time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the Illinois
| ||||||
26 | Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as High Impact |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and | ||||||
2 | (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone | ||||||
3 | Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
| ||||||
4 | reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by | ||||||
5 | subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below zero. The | ||||||
6 | credit applicable to such investments shall be
taken in the | ||||||
7 | taxable year in which such investments have been completed. | ||||||
8 | The
credit for additional investments beyond the minimum | ||||||
9 | investment by a designated
high impact business authorized | ||||||
10 | under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section 5.5 of
the Illinois | ||||||
11 | Enterprise Zone Act shall be available only in the taxable | ||||||
12 | year in
which the property is placed in service and shall | ||||||
13 | not be allowed to the extent
that it would reduce a | ||||||
14 | taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by subsections
(a) | ||||||
15 | and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For tax years ending | ||||||
16 | on or after December 31, 1987, the credit shall be
allowed | ||||||
17 | for the tax year in which the property is placed in | ||||||
18 | service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds the tax | ||||||
19 | liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the original | ||||||
20 | liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess | ||||||
21 | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of | ||||||
22 | the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The | ||||||
23 | credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which | ||||||
24 | there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one | ||||||
25 | tax year that is available to offset a liability,
the | ||||||
26 | credit accruing first in time shall be applied first.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act | ||||||
2 | 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and | ||||||
3 | reflect existing law.
| ||||||
4 | (2) The term qualified property means property which:
| ||||||
5 | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including | ||||||
6 | buildings and
structural components of buildings;
| ||||||
7 | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the | ||||||
8 | Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" | ||||||
9 | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not | ||||||
10 | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection | ||||||
11 | (h);
| ||||||
12 | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section | ||||||
13 | 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
| ||||||
14 | (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone | ||||||
15 | Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this | ||||||
16 | Section.
| ||||||
17 | (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis | ||||||
18 | used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal | ||||||
19 | income tax purposes.
| ||||||
20 | (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax | ||||||
21 | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed | ||||||
22 | in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or | ||||||
23 | Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of | ||||||
24 | such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
| ||||||
25 | the date of such increase in basis.
| ||||||
26 | (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
2 | (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before | ||||||
3 | December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
| ||||||
4 | property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months | ||||||
5 | after being placed
in service, or the situs of any | ||||||
6 | qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 | ||||||
7 | months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under | ||||||
8 | subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable | ||||||
9 | year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined | ||||||
10 | by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have | ||||||
11 | been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property | ||||||
12 | was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from | ||||||
13 | such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed | ||||||
14 | credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For | ||||||
15 | the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the | ||||||
16 | basis of qualified property resulting
from a | ||||||
17 | redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a | ||||||
18 | disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such | ||||||
19 | reduction.
| ||||||
20 | (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, | ||||||
21 | 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this | ||||||
22 | subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and | ||||||
23 | the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of | ||||||
24 | the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
| ||||||
25 | 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under | ||||||
26 | subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its | ||||||
2 | facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit | ||||||
3 | received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h).
| ||||||
4 | (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income | ||||||
5 | Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit | ||||||
6 | shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and | ||||||
7 | (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and | ||||||
8 | (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by | ||||||
9 | multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this | ||||||
10 | Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income | ||||||
11 | allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois | ||||||
12 | base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax | ||||||
13 | rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
| ||||||
14 | Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this | ||||||
15 | subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed | ||||||
16 | because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) | ||||||
17 | and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
| ||||||
18 | liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried | ||||||
19 | forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections | ||||||
20 | (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit | ||||||
21 | year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any | ||||||
22 | year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
| ||||||
23 | applied first to the earliest year for which there is a | ||||||
24 | liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more | ||||||
25 | than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the | ||||||
26 | earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | first.
| ||||||
2 | If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, | ||||||
3 | 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this | ||||||
4 | Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this | ||||||
5 | subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax | ||||||
6 | shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by | ||||||
7 | recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
| ||||||
8 | imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
| ||||||
9 | reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different | ||||||
10 | taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable | ||||||
11 | year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed.
| ||||||
12 | (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years | ||||||
13 | ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, | ||||||
14 | 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax | ||||||
15 | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all | ||||||
16 | amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by | ||||||
17 | the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside | ||||||
18 | of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational | ||||||
19 | training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled | ||||||
20 | or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the | ||||||
21 | computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax | ||||||
22 | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such | ||||||
23 | training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
| ||||||
24 | corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the | ||||||
25 | liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of | ||||||
26 | federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance | ||||||
2 | with the determination of income and distributive
share of | ||||||
3 | income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the | ||||||
4 | Internal
Revenue Code.
| ||||||
5 | Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in | ||||||
6 | the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of | ||||||
7 | the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is | ||||||
8 | first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied | ||||||
9 | first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If | ||||||
10 | there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax | ||||||
11 | year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
| ||||||
12 | credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No | ||||||
13 | carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or | ||||||
14 | after
December 31, 2003.
| ||||||
15 | (k) Research and development credit.
| ||||||
16 | For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
| ||||||
17 | December 31, 2003, and beginning again for tax years ending on | ||||||
18 | or after December 31, 2004, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a | ||||||
19 | credit against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of | ||||||
20 | this
Section for increasing research activities in this State. | ||||||
21 | The credit
allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | ||||||
22 | and (b) shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures | ||||||
23 | for increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, | ||||||
24 | shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of | ||||||
25 | limited liability companies, if the liability company is | ||||||
26 | treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this | ||||||
2 | subsection to be determined in accordance with the
| ||||||
3 | determination of income and distributive share of income under | ||||||
4 | Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
5 | Code.
| ||||||
6 | For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" | ||||||
7 | means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal | ||||||
8 | credit for increasing
research activities which would be | ||||||
9 | allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and | ||||||
10 | which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for | ||||||
11 | increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess | ||||||
12 | of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which | ||||||
13 | incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, | ||||||
14 | "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average | ||||||
15 | of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base | ||||||
16 | period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately | ||||||
17 | preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being | ||||||
18 | made.
| ||||||
19 | Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable | ||||||
20 | year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
| ||||||
21 | unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over | ||||||
22 | as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 | ||||||
23 | taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs | ||||||
24 | first; provided that no credit earned in a tax year ending | ||||||
25 | prior to December 31, 2003 may be carried forward to any year | ||||||
26 | ending on or after December 31, 2003.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from | ||||||
2 | 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest | ||||||
3 | year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the | ||||||
4 | given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still | ||||||
5 | remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be | ||||||
6 | applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
| ||||||
7 | liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused | ||||||
8 | credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next | ||||||
9 | following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except | ||||||
10 | that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more | ||||||
11 | than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the | ||||||
12 | credit is given was incurred.
| ||||||
13 | No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
14 | 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable | ||||||
15 | years beginning before January
1, 1999.
| ||||||
16 | (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
| ||||||
17 | (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on | ||||||
18 | or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a | ||||||
19 | credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) | ||||||
20 | of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed | ||||||
21 | eligible remediation costs, as specified in this | ||||||
22 | subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed | ||||||
23 | eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the | ||||||
24 | Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
| ||||||
25 | Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were | ||||||
26 | paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the | ||||||
2 | Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the | ||||||
3 | Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed | ||||||
4 | for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the | ||||||
5 | eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not | ||||||
6 | available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related | ||||||
7 | party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a | ||||||
8 | release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site | ||||||
9 | that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action | ||||||
10 | pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the | ||||||
11 | Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control | ||||||
12 | Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois | ||||||
13 | Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and | ||||||
14 | enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental | ||||||
15 | Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability | ||||||
16 | for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with | ||||||
17 | those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" | ||||||
18 | includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has | ||||||
19 | succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code | ||||||
20 | and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a | ||||||
21 | deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of | ||||||
22 | Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being | ||||||
23 | a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The | ||||||
24 | credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) | ||||||
25 | and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible | ||||||
26 | remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site | ||||||
2 | contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the | ||||||
3 | Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now | ||||||
4 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The | ||||||
5 | total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with | ||||||
6 | a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
| ||||||
7 | shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be | ||||||
8 | allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in | ||||||
9 | accordance with the determination of
income and | ||||||
10 | distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
| ||||||
11 | subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
| ||||||
12 | (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is | ||||||
13 | unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried | ||||||
14 | forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year | ||||||
15 | for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The | ||||||
16 | term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of | ||||||
17 | unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the | ||||||
18 | maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). | ||||||
19 | This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for | ||||||
20 | which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this | ||||||
21 | subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to | ||||||
22 | offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this | ||||||
23 | subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under | ||||||
24 | this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of | ||||||
25 | all or part of the remediation site for which the credit | ||||||
26 | was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining | ||||||
2 | carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
| ||||||
3 | transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the | ||||||
4 | chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to | ||||||
5 | the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the | ||||||
6 | assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the | ||||||
7 | amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of | ||||||
8 | the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any | ||||||
9 | taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be | ||||||
10 | eligible under the provisions of subsection (i).
| ||||||
11 | (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" | ||||||
12 | shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the | ||||||
13 | Environmental Protection Act.
| ||||||
14 | (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years | ||||||
15 | ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian | ||||||
16 | of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
| ||||||
17 | against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this | ||||||
18 | Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of | ||||||
19 | the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of | ||||||
20 | qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total | ||||||
21 | credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
| ||||||
22 | custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a | ||||||
23 | credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability | ||||||
24 | under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt | ||||||
25 | from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act.
| ||||||
26 | For purposes of this subsection:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are | ||||||
2 | residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of | ||||||
3 | 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is | ||||||
4 | sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is | ||||||
5 | sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through | ||||||
6 | twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in | ||||||
7 | this subsection.
| ||||||
8 | "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on | ||||||
9 | behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, | ||||||
10 | book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is | ||||||
11 | enrolled during the regular school
year.
| ||||||
12 | "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or | ||||||
13 | secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title | ||||||
14 | VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which | ||||||
15 | satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, | ||||||
16 | except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
| ||||||
17 | attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for | ||||||
18 | the credit
under this Section.
| ||||||
19 | "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an | ||||||
20 | Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal | ||||||
21 | guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils.
| ||||||
22 | (n) River Edge Redevelopment Zone site remediation tax | ||||||
23 | credit.
| ||||||
24 | (i) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 2006, | ||||||
25 | a taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax | ||||||
26 | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | certain amounts paid for unreimbursed eligible remediation | ||||||
2 | costs, as specified in this subsection. For purposes of | ||||||
3 | this Section, "unreimbursed eligible remediation costs" | ||||||
4 | means costs approved by the Illinois Environmental | ||||||
5 | Protection Agency ("Agency") under Section 58.14 of the | ||||||
6 | Environmental Protection Act that were paid in performing | ||||||
7 | environmental remediation at a site within a River Edge | ||||||
8 | Redevelopment Zone for which a No Further Remediation | ||||||
9 | Letter was issued by the Agency and recorded under Section | ||||||
10 | 58.10 of the Environmental Protection Act. The credit must | ||||||
11 | be claimed for the taxable year in which Agency approval of | ||||||
12 | the eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is | ||||||
13 | not available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any | ||||||
14 | related party caused or contributed to, in any material | ||||||
15 | respect, a release of regulated substances on, in, or under | ||||||
16 | the site that was identified and addressed by the remedial | ||||||
17 | action pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the | ||||||
18 | Environmental Protection Act. Determinations as to credit | ||||||
19 | availability for purposes of this Section shall be made | ||||||
20 | consistent with rules adopted by the Pollution Control | ||||||
21 | Board pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure | ||||||
22 | Act for the administration and enforcement of Section 58.9 | ||||||
23 | of the Environmental Protection Act. For purposes of this | ||||||
24 | Section, "taxpayer" includes a person whose tax attributes | ||||||
25 | the taxpayer has succeeded to under Section 381 of the | ||||||
26 | Internal Revenue Code and "related party" includes the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | persons disallowed a deduction for losses by paragraphs | ||||||
2 | (b), (c), and (f)(1) of Section 267 of the Internal Revenue | ||||||
3 | Code by virtue of being a related taxpayer, as well as any | ||||||
4 | of its partners. The credit allowed against the tax imposed | ||||||
5 | by subsections (a) and (b) shall be equal to 25% of the | ||||||
6 | unreimbursed eligible remediation costs in excess of | ||||||
7 | $100,000 per site. | ||||||
8 | (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is | ||||||
9 | unused in the year the credit is earned may be carried | ||||||
10 | forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year | ||||||
11 | for which the credit is first earned until it is used. This | ||||||
12 | credit shall be applied first to the earliest year for | ||||||
13 | which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this | ||||||
14 | subsection from more than one tax year that is available to | ||||||
15 | offset a liability, the earliest credit arising under this | ||||||
16 | subsection shall be applied first. A credit allowed under | ||||||
17 | this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale of | ||||||
18 | all or part of the remediation site for which the credit | ||||||
19 | was granted. The purchaser of a remediation site and the | ||||||
20 | tax credit shall succeed to the unused credit and remaining | ||||||
21 | carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the | ||||||
22 | transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the | ||||||
23 | chain of title for the site and provide written notice to | ||||||
24 | the Director of the Illinois Department of Revenue of the | ||||||
25 | assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the | ||||||
26 | amount of the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the sale. In no event may a credit be transferred to any | ||||||
2 | taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would not be | ||||||
3 | eligible under the provisions of subsection (i). | ||||||
4 | (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" | ||||||
5 | shall have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of the | ||||||
6 | Environmental Protection Act. | ||||||
7 | (iv) This subsection is exempt from the provisions of | ||||||
8 | Section 250.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-29, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; | ||||||
10 | 93-871, eff. 8-6-04; 94-1021, eff. 7-12-06.)
| ||||||
11 | (35 ILCS 5/218 new)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 218. Credit for gross receipts tax paid. | ||||||
13 | (a) If the credit allowed by Section 204 of the Illinois | ||||||
14 | Gross Receipts Tax Act reduces a corporation's liability under | ||||||
15 | that Act to zero, that corporation is allowed a credit against | ||||||
16 | the taxes imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 | ||||||
17 | of this Act. | ||||||
18 | (b) The credit allowed under this Section is the excess, if | ||||||
19 | any, of the credit under Section 204 of the Illinois Gross | ||||||
20 | Receipts Tax Act, determined without regard to subsection (b) | ||||||
21 | of that Section, over the taxpayer's liability under the | ||||||
22 | Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act computed without excluding from | ||||||
23 | gross receipts any item described in subparagraphs (A), (A-1), | ||||||
24 | (M), (Q), (R), (S), (T), (U), or (V) of Section 202(a)(2) of | ||||||
25 | that Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (35 ILCS 5/501) (from Ch. 120, par. 5-501)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 501. Notice
or Regulations Requiring Records, | ||||||
3 | Statements and Special Returns.
| ||||||
4 | (a) In general. Every person liable for any tax imposed by | ||||||
5 | this Act shall keep such
records, render such statements, make | ||||||
6 | such returns and notices, and comply
with such rules and | ||||||
7 | regulations as the Department may from time to time
prescribe. | ||||||
8 | Whenever in the judgment of the Director it is necessary, he | ||||||
9 | may
require any person, by notice served upon such person or by | ||||||
10 | regulations, to
make such returns and notices, render such | ||||||
11 | statements, or keep such
records, as the Director deems | ||||||
12 | sufficient to show whether or not such
person is liable for tax | ||||||
13 | under this Act.
| ||||||
14 | (b) Reportable transactions. For each taxable year in which | ||||||
15 | a taxpayer is required to make a disclosure statement under | ||||||
16 | Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4 (26 CFR 1.6011-4) | ||||||
17 | (including any taxpayer that is a member of a consolidated | ||||||
18 | group required to make such disclosure) with respect to a | ||||||
19 | reportable transaction (including a listed transaction) in | ||||||
20 | which the taxpayer participated in a taxable year for which a | ||||||
21 | return is required under Section 502 of this Act, such taxpayer | ||||||
22 | shall file a copy of such disclosure with the Department. | ||||||
23 | Disclosure under this subsection is required to be made by any | ||||||
24 | taxpayer that is a member of a unitary business group that | ||||||
25 | includes any person required to make a disclosure statement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4. Disclosure under | ||||||
2 | this subsection is required with respect to any transaction | ||||||
3 | entered into after February 28, 2000 that becomes a listed | ||||||
4 | transaction at any time, and shall be made in the manner | ||||||
5 | prescribed by the Department. With respect to transactions in | ||||||
6 | which the taxpayer participated for taxable years ending before | ||||||
7 | December 31, 2004, disclosure shall be made by the due date | ||||||
8 | (including extensions) of the first return required under | ||||||
9 | Section 502 of this Act due after the effective date of this | ||||||
10 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly. With respect to | ||||||
11 | transactions in which the taxpayer participated for taxable | ||||||
12 | years ending on and after December 31, 2004, disclosure shall | ||||||
13 | be made in the time and manner prescribed in Treasury | ||||||
14 | Regulations Section 1.6011-4(e). Notwithstanding the above, no | ||||||
15 | disclosure is required for transactions entered into after | ||||||
16 | February 28, 2000 and before January 1, 2005 (i) if the | ||||||
17 | taxpayer has filed an amended Illinois income tax return which | ||||||
18 | reverses the tax benefits of the potential tax avoidance | ||||||
19 | transaction, or (ii) as a result of a federal audit the | ||||||
20 | Internal Revenue Service has determined the tax treatment of | ||||||
21 | the transaction and an Illinois amended return has been filed | ||||||
22 | to reflect the federal treatment. | ||||||
23 | (c) The Department may require electronic filing of any | ||||||
24 | return due under this Act.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (35 ILCS 5/901) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-901)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 901. Collection Authority.
| ||||||
3 | (a) In general.
| ||||||
4 | The Department shall collect the taxes imposed by this Act. | ||||||
5 | The Department
shall collect certified past due child support | ||||||
6 | amounts under Section 2505-650
of the Department of Revenue Law | ||||||
7 | (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650). Except as
provided in subsections (c) | ||||||
8 | and (e) of this Section, money collected
pursuant to | ||||||
9 | subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act shall be
| ||||||
10 | paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State treasury; money
| ||||||
11 | collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of | ||||||
12 | this Act
shall be paid into the Personal Property Tax | ||||||
13 | Replacement Fund, a special
fund in the State Treasury; and | ||||||
14 | money collected under Section 2505-650 of the
Department of | ||||||
15 | Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650) shall be paid
into the
| ||||||
16 | Child Support Enforcement Trust Fund, a special fund outside | ||||||
17 | the State
Treasury, or
to the State
Disbursement Unit | ||||||
18 | established under Section 10-26 of the Illinois Public Aid
| ||||||
19 | Code, as directed by the Department of Healthcare and Family | ||||||
20 | Services.
| ||||||
21 | (b) Local Governmental Distributive Fund.
| ||||||
22 | Beginning August 1, 1969, and continuing through June 30, | ||||||
23 | 1994, the Treasurer
shall transfer each month from the General | ||||||
24 | Revenue Fund to a special fund in
the State treasury, to be | ||||||
25 | known as the "Local Government Distributive Fund", an
amount | ||||||
26 | equal to 1/12 of the net revenue realized from the tax imposed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act during | ||||||
2 | the preceding month.
Beginning July 1, 1994, and continuing | ||||||
3 | through June 30, 1995, the Treasurer
shall transfer each month | ||||||
4 | from the General Revenue Fund to the Local Government
| ||||||
5 | Distributive Fund an amount equal to 1/11 of the net revenue | ||||||
6 | realized from the
tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of | ||||||
7 | Section 201 of this Act during the
preceding month. Beginning | ||||||
8 | July 1, 1995, the Treasurer shall transfer each
month from the | ||||||
9 | General Revenue Fund to the Local Government Distributive Fund
| ||||||
10 | an amount equal to the net of (i) 1/10 of the net revenue | ||||||
11 | realized from the
tax imposed by
subsections (a) and (b) of | ||||||
12 | Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act during
the preceding | ||||||
13 | month
(ii) minus, beginning July 1, 2003 and ending June 30, | ||||||
14 | 2004, $6,666,666, and
beginning July 1,
2004,
zero. Net revenue | ||||||
15 | realized for a month shall be defined as the
revenue from the | ||||||
16 | tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
| ||||||
17 | Act which is deposited in the General Revenue Fund, the | ||||||
18 | Educational Assistance
Fund and the Income Tax Surcharge Local | ||||||
19 | Government Distributive Fund during the
month minus the amount | ||||||
20 | paid out of the General Revenue Fund in State warrants
during | ||||||
21 | that same month as refunds to taxpayers for overpayment of | ||||||
22 | liability
under the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of | ||||||
23 | Section 201 of this Act ; provided that, for purposes of this | ||||||
24 | subsection, for State fiscal years 2008 and following, if the | ||||||
25 | total net revenues realized for the fiscal year are less than | ||||||
26 | the total net revenues realized for State fiscal year 2007 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this subsection, the net revenues for the last month of | ||||||
2 | the fiscal year shall be increased by the excess of the net | ||||||
3 | revenues realized during State fiscal year 2007 over the net | ||||||
4 | revenues realized during that fiscal year .
| ||||||
5 | (c) Deposits Into Income Tax Refund Fund.
| ||||||
6 | (1) Beginning on January 1, 1989 and thereafter, the | ||||||
7 | Department shall
deposit a percentage of the amounts | ||||||
8 | collected pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b)(1), (2), and | ||||||
9 | (3), of Section 201 of this Act into a fund in the State
| ||||||
10 | treasury known as the Income Tax Refund Fund. The | ||||||
11 | Department shall deposit 6%
of such amounts during the | ||||||
12 | period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on June
30, | ||||||
13 | 1989. Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and for each | ||||||
14 | fiscal year
thereafter, the percentage deposited into the | ||||||
15 | Income Tax Refund Fund during a
fiscal year shall be the | ||||||
16 | Annual Percentage. For fiscal years 1999 through
2001, the | ||||||
17 | Annual Percentage shall be 7.1%.
For fiscal year 2003, the | ||||||
18 | Annual Percentage shall be 8%.
For fiscal year 2004, the | ||||||
19 | Annual Percentage shall be 11.7%. Upon the effective date | ||||||
20 | of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the | ||||||
21 | Annual Percentage shall be 10% for fiscal year 2005. For | ||||||
22 | fiscal year 2006, the Annual Percentage shall be 9.75%. For | ||||||
23 | fiscal year 2007, the Annual Percentage shall be 9.75%. For | ||||||
24 | all other
fiscal years, the
Annual Percentage shall be | ||||||
25 | calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be | ||||||
26 | the amount of refunds approved for payment by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department during
the preceding fiscal year as a result of | ||||||
2 | overpayment of tax liability under
subsections (a) and | ||||||
3 | (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 of this Act plus the
| ||||||
4 | amount of such refunds remaining approved but unpaid at the | ||||||
5 | end of the
preceding fiscal year, minus the amounts | ||||||
6 | transferred into the Income Tax
Refund Fund from the | ||||||
7 | Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund, and
the denominator of | ||||||
8 | which shall be the amounts which will be collected pursuant
| ||||||
9 | to subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 | ||||||
10 | of this Act during
the preceding fiscal year; except that | ||||||
11 | in State fiscal year 2002, the Annual
Percentage shall in | ||||||
12 | no event exceed 7.6%. The Director of Revenue shall
certify | ||||||
13 | the Annual Percentage to the Comptroller on the last | ||||||
14 | business day of
the fiscal year immediately preceding the | ||||||
15 | fiscal year for which it is to be
effective.
| ||||||
16 | (2) Beginning on January 1, 1989 and thereafter, the | ||||||
17 | Department shall
deposit a percentage of the amounts | ||||||
18 | collected pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b)(6), (7), and | ||||||
19 | (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201
of this Act into a fund in | ||||||
20 | the State treasury known as the Income Tax
Refund Fund. The | ||||||
21 | Department shall deposit 18% of such amounts during the
| ||||||
22 | period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on June 30, | ||||||
23 | 1989. Beginning
with State fiscal year 1990 and for each | ||||||
24 | fiscal year thereafter, the
percentage deposited into the | ||||||
25 | Income Tax Refund Fund during a fiscal year
shall be the | ||||||
26 | Annual Percentage. For fiscal years 1999, 2000, and 2001, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
Annual Percentage shall be 19%.
For fiscal year 2003, | ||||||
2 | the Annual Percentage shall be 27%. For fiscal year
2004, | ||||||
3 | the Annual Percentage shall be 32%.
Upon the effective date | ||||||
4 | of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the | ||||||
5 | Annual Percentage shall be 24% for fiscal year 2005.
For | ||||||
6 | fiscal year 2006, the Annual Percentage shall be 20%. For | ||||||
7 | fiscal year 2007, the Annual Percentage shall be 17.5%. For | ||||||
8 | all other fiscal years, the Annual
Percentage shall be | ||||||
9 | calculated
as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be | ||||||
10 | the amount of refunds
approved for payment by the | ||||||
11 | Department during the preceding fiscal year as
a result of | ||||||
12 | overpayment of tax liability under subsections (a) and | ||||||
13 | (b)(6),
(7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this | ||||||
14 | Act plus the
amount of such refunds remaining approved but | ||||||
15 | unpaid at the end of the
preceding fiscal year, and the | ||||||
16 | denominator of
which shall be the amounts which will be | ||||||
17 | collected pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b)(6), (7), and | ||||||
18 | (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act during the
| ||||||
19 | preceding fiscal year; except that in State fiscal year | ||||||
20 | 2002, the Annual
Percentage shall in no event exceed 23%. | ||||||
21 | The Director of Revenue shall
certify the Annual Percentage | ||||||
22 | to the Comptroller on the last business day of
the fiscal | ||||||
23 | year immediately preceding the fiscal year for which it is | ||||||
24 | to be
effective.
| ||||||
25 | (3) The Comptroller shall order transferred and the | ||||||
26 | Treasurer shall
transfer from the Tobacco Settlement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Recovery Fund to the Income Tax Refund
Fund (i) $35,000,000 | ||||||
2 | in January, 2001, (ii) $35,000,000 in January, 2002, and
| ||||||
3 | (iii) $35,000,000 in January, 2003.
| ||||||
4 | (d) Expenditures from Income Tax Refund Fund.
| ||||||
5 | (1) Beginning January 1, 1989, money in the Income Tax | ||||||
6 | Refund Fund
shall be expended exclusively for the purpose | ||||||
7 | of paying refunds resulting
from overpayment of tax | ||||||
8 | liability under Section 201 of this Act, for paying
rebates | ||||||
9 | under Section 208.1 in the event that the amounts in the | ||||||
10 | Homeowners'
Tax Relief Fund are insufficient for that | ||||||
11 | purpose, paying refunds resulting from the overpayment of a | ||||||
12 | tax liability under the Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act,
| ||||||
13 | and for
making transfers pursuant to this subsection (d).
| ||||||
14 | (2) The Director shall order payment of refunds | ||||||
15 | resulting from
overpayment of tax liability under Section | ||||||
16 | 201 of this Act from the
Income Tax Refund Fund only to the | ||||||
17 | extent that amounts collected pursuant
to Section 201 of | ||||||
18 | this Act and transfers pursuant to this subsection (d)
and | ||||||
19 | item (3) of subsection (c) have been deposited and retained | ||||||
20 | in the
Fund.
| ||||||
21 | (3) As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal | ||||||
22 | year, the Director
shall
order transferred and the State | ||||||
23 | Treasurer and State Comptroller shall
transfer from the | ||||||
24 | Income Tax Refund Fund to the Personal Property Tax
| ||||||
25 | Replacement Fund an amount, certified by the Director to | ||||||
26 | the Comptroller,
equal to the excess of the amount |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | collected pursuant to subsections (c) and
(d) of Section | ||||||
2 | 201 of this Act deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund
| ||||||
3 | during the fiscal year over the amount of refunds resulting | ||||||
4 | from
overpayment of tax liability under subsections (c) and | ||||||
5 | (d) of Section 201
of this Act paid from the Income Tax | ||||||
6 | Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
| ||||||
7 | (4) As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal | ||||||
8 | year, the Director shall
order transferred and the State | ||||||
9 | Treasurer and State Comptroller shall
transfer from the | ||||||
10 | Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund to the Income Tax
| ||||||
11 | Refund Fund an amount, certified by the Director to the | ||||||
12 | Comptroller, equal
to the excess of the amount of refunds | ||||||
13 | resulting from overpayment of tax
liability under | ||||||
14 | subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act paid
| ||||||
15 | from the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year over | ||||||
16 | the amount
collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of | ||||||
17 | Section 201 of this Act
deposited into the Income Tax | ||||||
18 | Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
| ||||||
19 | (4.5) As soon as possible after the end of fiscal year | ||||||
20 | 1999 and of each
fiscal year
thereafter, the Director shall | ||||||
21 | order transferred and the State Treasurer and
State | ||||||
22 | Comptroller shall transfer from the Income Tax Refund Fund | ||||||
23 | to the General
Revenue Fund any surplus remaining in the | ||||||
24 | Income Tax Refund Fund as of the end
of such fiscal year; | ||||||
25 | excluding for fiscal years 2000, 2001, and 2002
amounts | ||||||
26 | attributable to transfers under item (3) of subsection (c) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | less refunds
resulting from the earned income tax credit.
| ||||||
2 | (5) This Act shall constitute an irrevocable and | ||||||
3 | continuing
appropriation from the Income Tax Refund Fund | ||||||
4 | for the purpose of paying
refunds upon the order of the | ||||||
5 | Director in accordance with the provisions of
this Section.
| ||||||
6 | (e) Deposits into the Education Assistance Fund and the | ||||||
7 | Income Tax
Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund.
| ||||||
8 | On July 1, 1991, and thereafter, of the amounts collected | ||||||
9 | pursuant to
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act, | ||||||
10 | minus deposits into the
Income Tax Refund Fund, the Department | ||||||
11 | shall deposit 7.3% into the
Education Assistance Fund in the | ||||||
12 | State Treasury. Beginning July 1, 1991,
and continuing through | ||||||
13 | January 31, 1993, of the amounts collected pursuant to
| ||||||
14 | subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income | ||||||
15 | Tax Act, minus
deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the | ||||||
16 | Department shall deposit 3.0%
into the Income Tax Surcharge | ||||||
17 | Local Government Distributive Fund in the State
Treasury. | ||||||
18 | Beginning February 1, 1993 and continuing through June 30, | ||||||
19 | 1993, of
the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and | ||||||
20 | (b) of Section 201 of the
Illinois Income Tax Act, minus | ||||||
21 | deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the
Department shall | ||||||
22 | deposit 4.4% into the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government
| ||||||
23 | Distributive Fund in the State Treasury. Beginning July 1, | ||||||
24 | 1993, and
continuing through June 30, 1994, of the amounts | ||||||
25 | collected under subsections
(a) and (b) of Section 201 of this | ||||||
26 | Act, minus deposits into the Income Tax
Refund Fund, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department shall deposit 1.475% into the Income Tax Surcharge
| ||||||
2 | Local Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, | ||||||
4 | eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)
| ||||||
5 | Section 90-10. The Uniform Penalty and Interest Act is | ||||||
6 | amended by changing Section 3-3 as follows:
| ||||||
7 | (35 ILCS 735/3-3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2603-3)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 3-3. Penalty for failure to file or pay.
| ||||||
9 | (a) This subsection (a) is applicable before January 1, | ||||||
10 | 1996. A penalty
of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on a | ||||||
11 | return shall be
imposed for failure to file the tax return on | ||||||
12 | or before the due date prescribed
for filing determined with | ||||||
13 | regard for any extension of time for filing
(penalty
for late | ||||||
14 | filing or nonfiling). If any unprocessable return is corrected | ||||||
15 | and
filed within 21 days after notice by the Department, the | ||||||
16 | late filing or
nonfiling penalty shall not apply. If a penalty | ||||||
17 | for late filing or nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a | ||||||
18 | penalty for late payment, the total penalty due
shall be the | ||||||
19 | sum of the late filing penalty and the applicable late payment
| ||||||
20 | penalty.
Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act | ||||||
21 | of 1995, in the case
of any type of tax return required to be | ||||||
22 | filed more frequently
than annually, when the failure to file | ||||||
23 | the tax return on or before the
date prescribed for filing | ||||||
24 | (including any extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not occurred in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure | ||||||
2 | to file on the prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by | ||||||
3 | Section
3-3(a) shall be abated.
| ||||||
4 | (a-5) This subsection (a-5) is applicable to returns due on | ||||||
5 | and after
January 1, 1996 and on or before December 31, 2000.
A | ||||||
6 | penalty equal to 2% of
the tax required to be shown due on a | ||||||
7 | return, up to a maximum amount of $250,
determined without | ||||||
8 | regard to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any
| ||||||
9 | credit that was properly allowable on the date the return was | ||||||
10 | required to be
filed, shall be
imposed for failure to file the | ||||||
11 | tax return on or before the due date prescribed
for filing | ||||||
12 | determined with regard for any extension of time for filing.
| ||||||
13 | However, if any return is not filed within 30 days after notice | ||||||
14 | of nonfiling
mailed by the Department to the last known address | ||||||
15 | of the taxpayer contained in
Department records, an additional | ||||||
16 | penalty amount shall be imposed equal to the
greater of $250 or | ||||||
17 | 2% of the tax shown on the return. However, the additional
| ||||||
18 | penalty amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without | ||||||
19 | regard to any
part of the tax that is paid on time or by any | ||||||
20 | credit that was properly
allowable on the date the return was | ||||||
21 | required to be filed (penalty
for late filing or nonfiling). If | ||||||
22 | any unprocessable return is corrected and
filed within 30 days | ||||||
23 | after notice by the Department, the late filing or
nonfiling | ||||||
24 | penalty shall not apply. If a penalty for late filing or | ||||||
25 | nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a penalty for late payment, | ||||||
26 | the total penalty due
shall be the sum of the late filing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | penalty and the applicable late payment
penalty.
In the case of | ||||||
2 | any type of tax return required to be filed more frequently
| ||||||
3 | than annually, when the failure to file the tax return on or | ||||||
4 | before the
date prescribed for filing (including any | ||||||
5 | extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has not occurred | ||||||
6 | in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure to file on the | ||||||
7 | prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by Section
3-3(a-5) | ||||||
8 | shall be abated.
| ||||||
9 | (a-10) This subsection (a-10) is applicable to returns due | ||||||
10 | on and after
January 1, 2001.
A penalty equal to 2% of
the tax | ||||||
11 | required to be shown due on a return, up to a maximum amount of | ||||||
12 | $250,
reduced by any tax that is
paid on time or by any
credit | ||||||
13 | that was properly allowable on the date the return was required | ||||||
14 | to be
filed, shall be
imposed for failure to file the tax | ||||||
15 | return on or before the due date prescribed
for filing | ||||||
16 | determined with regard for any extension of time for filing.
| ||||||
17 | However, if any return is not filed within 30 days after notice | ||||||
18 | of nonfiling
mailed by the Department to the last known address | ||||||
19 | of the taxpayer contained in
Department records, an additional | ||||||
20 | penalty amount shall be imposed equal to the
greater of $250 or | ||||||
21 | 2% of the tax shown on the return. However, the additional
| ||||||
22 | penalty amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without | ||||||
23 | regard to any
part of the tax that is paid on time or by any | ||||||
24 | credit that was properly
allowable on the date the return was | ||||||
25 | required to be filed (penalty
for late filing or nonfiling). If | ||||||
26 | any unprocessable return is corrected and
filed within 30 days |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | after notice by the Department, the late filing or
nonfiling | ||||||
2 | penalty shall not apply. If a penalty for late filing or | ||||||
3 | nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a penalty for late payment, | ||||||
4 | the total penalty due
shall be the sum of the late filing | ||||||
5 | penalty and the applicable late payment
penalty.
In the case of | ||||||
6 | any type of tax return required to be filed more frequently
| ||||||
7 | than annually, when the failure to file the tax return on or | ||||||
8 | before the
date prescribed for filing (including any | ||||||
9 | extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has not occurred | ||||||
10 | in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure to file on the | ||||||
11 | prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by Section
3-3(a-10) | ||||||
12 | shall be abated.
| ||||||
13 | (b) This subsection is applicable before January 1, 1998.
A | ||||||
14 | penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or the tax | ||||||
15 | required to
be shown due on the return shall be imposed for | ||||||
16 | failure to pay:
| ||||||
17 | (1) the tax shown due on the return on or before the | ||||||
18 | due date prescribed
for payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
19 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an
amount that is | ||||||
20 | reported in an amended return other than an amended return
| ||||||
21 | timely filed as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 | ||||||
22 | of the Illinois
Income Tax Act (penalty for late payment or | ||||||
23 | nonpayment of admitted liability);
or
| ||||||
24 | (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due | ||||||
25 | on a
return and which is not shown (penalty for late | ||||||
26 | payment or nonpayment of
additional liability), within 30 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | days after a notice of arithmetic error,
notice and demand, | ||||||
2 | or a final assessment is issued by the Department.
In the | ||||||
3 | case of a final assessment arising following a protest and | ||||||
4 | hearing,
the 30-day period shall not begin until all | ||||||
5 | proceedings in court for review of
the final assessment | ||||||
6 | have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has
| ||||||
7 | expired without proceedings for a review having been | ||||||
8 | instituted. In the case
of a notice of tax liability that | ||||||
9 | becomes a final assessment without a protest
and hearing, | ||||||
10 | the penalty provided in this paragraph (2) shall be imposed | ||||||
11 | at the
expiration of the period provided for the filing of | ||||||
12 | a protest.
| ||||||
13 | (b-5) This subsection is applicable to returns due on and | ||||||
14 | after January
1, 1998 and on or before December 31, 2000.
A | ||||||
15 | penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or the tax | ||||||
16 | required to be
shown due on the return shall be imposed for | ||||||
17 | failure to
pay:
| ||||||
18 | (1) the tax shown due on the return on or before the | ||||||
19 | due date prescribed
for payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
20 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an
amount that is | ||||||
21 | reported in an amended return other than an amended return
| ||||||
22 | timely filed as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 | ||||||
23 | of the Illinois
Income Tax Act (penalty for late payment or | ||||||
24 | nonpayment of admitted liability);
or
| ||||||
25 | (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due | ||||||
26 | on a
return and which is not shown (penalty for late |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | payment or nonpayment of
additional liability), within 30 | ||||||
2 | days after a notice of arithmetic error,
notice and demand, | ||||||
3 | or a final assessment is issued by the Department.
In the | ||||||
4 | case of a final assessment arising following a protest and | ||||||
5 | hearing,
the 30-day period shall not begin until all | ||||||
6 | proceedings in court for review of
the final assessment | ||||||
7 | have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has
| ||||||
8 | expired without proceedings for a review having been | ||||||
9 | instituted. In the case
of a notice of tax liability that | ||||||
10 | becomes a final assessment without a protest
and hearing, | ||||||
11 | the penalty provided in this paragraph (2) shall be imposed | ||||||
12 | at the
expiration of the period provided for the filing of | ||||||
13 | a protest.
| ||||||
14 | (b-10) This subsection (b-10) is applicable to returns due | ||||||
15 | on and after
January 1, 2001 and on or before December 31, | ||||||
16 | 2003. A penalty shall be
imposed for failure to pay:
| ||||||
17 | (1) the tax shown due on a return on or before the due | ||||||
18 | date prescribed for
payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
19 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an amount
that is | ||||||
20 | reported in an amended return other than an amended return | ||||||
21 | timely filed
as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 | ||||||
22 | of the Illinois Income Tax Act
(penalty for late payment or | ||||||
23 | nonpayment of admitted liability). The amount of
penalty | ||||||
24 | imposed under this subsection (b-10)(1) shall be 2% of any | ||||||
25 | amount that
is paid no later than 30 days after the due | ||||||
26 | date, 5% of any amount that is
paid later than 30 days |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | after the due date and not later than 90 days after
the due | ||||||
2 | date, 10% of any amount that is paid later than 90 days | ||||||
3 | after the due
date and not later than 180 days after the | ||||||
4 | due date, and 15% of any amount that
is paid later than 180 | ||||||
5 | days after the
due date.
If notice and demand is made for | ||||||
6 | the payment of any amount of tax due and if
the amount due | ||||||
7 | is paid within 30 days after the date of the notice and | ||||||
8 | demand,
then the penalty for late payment or nonpayment of | ||||||
9 | admitted liability under
this subsection (b-10)(1) on the | ||||||
10 | amount so paid shall not accrue for the period
after the | ||||||
11 | date of the notice and demand.
| ||||||
12 | (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due | ||||||
13 | on a return and
that is not shown (penalty for late payment | ||||||
14 | or nonpayment of additional
liability), within 30 days | ||||||
15 | after a notice of arithmetic error, notice and
demand, or a | ||||||
16 | final assessment is issued by the Department. In the case | ||||||
17 | of a
final assessment arising following a protest and | ||||||
18 | hearing, the 30-day period
shall not begin until all | ||||||
19 | proceedings in court for review of the final
assessment | ||||||
20 | have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has | ||||||
21 | expired
without proceedings for a review having been | ||||||
22 | instituted. The amount of penalty
imposed under this | ||||||
23 | subsection (b-10)(2) shall be 20% of any amount that is not
| ||||||
24 | paid within the 30-day period. In the case of a notice of | ||||||
25 | tax liability that
becomes a final assessment without a | ||||||
26 | protest and hearing, the penalty provided
in this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (b-10)(2) shall be imposed at the expiration of | ||||||
2 | the period
provided for the filing of a protest.
| ||||||
3 | (b-15) This subsection (b-15) is applicable to returns due | ||||||
4 | on and after
January 1, 2004 and on or before December 31, | ||||||
5 | 2004. A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay the tax | ||||||
6 | shown due or
required to be shown due on a return on or before | ||||||
7 | the due date prescribed for
payment of that tax, an amount of | ||||||
8 | underpayment of estimated tax, or an amount
that is reported in | ||||||
9 | an amended return other than an amended return timely filed
as | ||||||
10 | required by subsection (b) of Section 506 of the Illinois | ||||||
11 | Income Tax Act
(penalty for late payment or nonpayment of | ||||||
12 | admitted liability). The amount of
penalty imposed under this | ||||||
13 | subsection (b-15)(1) shall be 2% of any amount that
is paid no | ||||||
14 | later than 30 days after the due date, 10% of any amount that | ||||||
15 | is
paid later than 30 days after the due date and not later | ||||||
16 | than 90 days after the
due date, 15% of any amount that is paid | ||||||
17 | later than 90 days after the due date
and not later than 180 | ||||||
18 | days after the due date, and 20% of any amount that is
paid | ||||||
19 | later than 180 days after the due date. If notice and demand is | ||||||
20 | made for
the payment of any amount of tax due and if the amount | ||||||
21 | due is paid within 30
days after the date of this notice and | ||||||
22 | demand, then the penalty for late
payment or nonpayment of | ||||||
23 | admitted liability under this subsection (b-15)(1) on
the | ||||||
24 | amount so paid shall not accrue for the period after the date | ||||||
25 | of the notice
and demand.
| ||||||
26 | (b-20) This subsection (b-20) is applicable to returns due |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | on and after January 1, 2005. | ||||||
2 | (1) A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay, | ||||||
3 | prior to the due date for payment, any amount of tax the | ||||||
4 | payment of which is required to be made prior to the filing | ||||||
5 | of a return or without a return (penalty for late payment | ||||||
6 | or nonpayment of estimated or accelerated tax). The amount | ||||||
7 | of penalty imposed under this paragraph (1) shall be 2% of | ||||||
8 | any amount that is paid no later than 30 days after the due | ||||||
9 | date and 10% of any amount that is paid later than 30 days | ||||||
10 | after the due date. | ||||||
11 | (2) A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay the | ||||||
12 | tax shown due or required to be shown due on a return on or | ||||||
13 | before the due date prescribed for payment of that tax or | ||||||
14 | an amount that is reported in an amended return other than | ||||||
15 | an amended return timely filed as required by subsection | ||||||
16 | (b) of Section 506 of the Illinois Income Tax Act (penalty | ||||||
17 | for late payment or nonpayment of tax). The amount of | ||||||
18 | penalty imposed under this paragraph (2) shall be 2% of any | ||||||
19 | amount that is paid no later than 30 days after the due | ||||||
20 | date, 10% of any amount that is paid later than 30 days | ||||||
21 | after the due date and prior to the date the Department has | ||||||
22 | initiated an audit or investigation of the taxpayer, and | ||||||
23 | 20% of any amount that is paid after the date the | ||||||
24 | Department has initiated an audit or investigation of the | ||||||
25 | taxpayer; provided that the penalty shall be reduced to 15% | ||||||
26 | if the entire amount due is paid not later than 30 days |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | after the Department has provided the taxpayer with an | ||||||
2 | amended return (following completion of an occupation, | ||||||
3 | use, or excise tax audit) or a form for waiver of | ||||||
4 | restrictions on assessment (following completion of an | ||||||
5 | income tax or gross receipts tax audit); provided further | ||||||
6 | that the reduction to 15% shall be rescinded if the | ||||||
7 | taxpayer makes any claim for refund or credit of the tax, | ||||||
8 | penalties, or interest determined to be due upon audit, | ||||||
9 | except in the case of a claim filed pursuant to subsection | ||||||
10 | (b) of Section 506 of the Illinois Income Tax Act or to | ||||||
11 | claim a carryover of a loss or credit, the availability of | ||||||
12 | which was not determined in the audit. For purposes of this | ||||||
13 | paragraph (2), any overpayment reported on an original | ||||||
14 | return that has been allowed as a refund or credit to the | ||||||
15 | taxpayer shall be deemed to have not been paid on or before | ||||||
16 | the due date for payment and any amount paid under protest | ||||||
17 | pursuant to the provisions of the State Officers and | ||||||
18 | Employees Money Disposition Act shall be deemed to have | ||||||
19 | been paid after the Department has initiated an audit and | ||||||
20 | more than 30 days after the Department has provided the | ||||||
21 | taxpayer with an amended return (following completion of an | ||||||
22 | occupation, use, or excise tax audit) or a form for waiver | ||||||
23 | of restrictions on assessment (following completion of an | ||||||
24 | income tax or gross receipts tax audit). | ||||||
25 | (3) The penalty imposed under this subsection (b-20) | ||||||
26 | shall be deemed assessed at the time the tax upon which the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | penalty is computed is assessed, except that, if the | ||||||
2 | reduction of the penalty imposed under paragraph (2) of | ||||||
3 | this subsection (b-20) to 15% is rescinded because a claim | ||||||
4 | for refund or credit has been filed, the increase in | ||||||
5 | penalty shall be deemed assessed at the time the claim for | ||||||
6 | refund or credit is filed.
| ||||||
7 | (c) For purposes of the late payment penalties, the basis | ||||||
8 | of the penalty
shall be the tax shown or required to be shown | ||||||
9 | on a return, whichever is
applicable, reduced by any part of | ||||||
10 | the tax which is paid on time and by any
credit which was | ||||||
11 | properly allowable on the date the return was required to
be | ||||||
12 | filed.
| ||||||
13 | (d) A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be | ||||||
14 | shown even if
that amount is less than the tax shown on the | ||||||
15 | return.
| ||||||
16 | (e) This subsection (e) is applicable to returns due before | ||||||
17 | January 1,
2001.
If both a subsection (b)(1) or (b-5)(1) | ||||||
18 | penalty and a subsection (b)(2)
or (b-5)(2) penalty are | ||||||
19 | assessed against the same return, the subsection
(b)(2) or | ||||||
20 | (b-5)(2) penalty shall
be assessed against only the additional | ||||||
21 | tax found to be due.
| ||||||
22 | (e-5) This subsection (e-5) is applicable to returns due on | ||||||
23 | and after
January 1, 2001.
If both a subsection (b-10)(1) | ||||||
24 | penalty and a subsection
(b-10)(2) penalty are assessed against | ||||||
25 | the same return,
the subsection (b-10)(2) penalty shall be | ||||||
26 | assessed against
only the additional tax found to be due.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) If the taxpayer has failed to file the return, the | ||||||
2 | Department shall
determine the correct tax according to its | ||||||
3 | best judgment and information,
which amount shall be prima | ||||||
4 | facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
| ||||||
5 | (g) The time within which to file a return or pay an amount | ||||||
6 | of tax due
without imposition of a penalty does not extend the | ||||||
7 | time within which to
file a protest to a notice of tax | ||||||
8 | liability or a notice of deficiency.
| ||||||
9 | (h) No return shall be determined to be unprocessable | ||||||
10 | because of the
omission of any information requested on the | ||||||
11 | return pursuant to Section
2505-575
of the Department of | ||||||
12 | Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-575).
| ||||||
13 | (i) If a taxpayer has a tax liability that is eligible for | ||||||
14 | amnesty under the
Tax Delinquency Amnesty Act and the taxpayer | ||||||
15 | fails to satisfy the tax liability
during the amnesty period | ||||||
16 | provided for in that Act, then the penalty imposed by
the | ||||||
17 | Department under this Section shall be imposed in an amount | ||||||
18 | that is 200% of
the amount that would otherwise be imposed | ||||||
19 | under this Section.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 92-742, eff. 7-25-02; 93-26, eff. 6-20-03; 93-32, | ||||||
21 | eff. 6-20-03; 93-1068, eff. 1-15-05.)
| ||||||
22 | ARTICLE 93. | ||||||
23 | Section 93-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
24 | Sections 1A-4, 10-20.20, 14-13.01, 17-1.5, 18-8.05, 18-17, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 21-27, and 27A-4 and adding Sections 2-3.25p, 2-3.53b, 2-3.142, | ||||||
2 | 2-3.143, 2-3.144, 2-3.145, and 22-45 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/1A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-4)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 1A-4. Powers and duties of the Board.
| ||||||
5 | A. (Blank).
| ||||||
6 | B. The Board shall determine the qualifications of and | ||||||
7 | appoint a
chief education officer, to be known as the State | ||||||
8 | Superintendent of
Education, who may be proposed by the | ||||||
9 | Governor and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and | ||||||
10 | pursuant to a
performance-based contract linked to statewide | ||||||
11 | student performance and academic
improvement within Illinois | ||||||
12 | schools. Upon expiration or buyout of the contract of the State | ||||||
13 | Superintendent of Education in office on the effective date of | ||||||
14 | this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, a State | ||||||
15 | Superintendent of Education shall be appointed by a State Board | ||||||
16 | of Education that includes the 7 new Board members who were | ||||||
17 | appointed to fill seats of members whose terms were terminated | ||||||
18 | on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
19 | General Assembly. Thereafter, a State Superintendent of | ||||||
20 | Education must, at a minimum, be appointed at the beginning of | ||||||
21 | each term of a Governor after that Governor has made | ||||||
22 | appointments to the Board. A performance-based
contract issued | ||||||
23 | for the employment of a State Superintendent of
Education | ||||||
24 | entered into on or after the effective date of this amendatory | ||||||
25 | Act of the 93rd General Assembly must expire no later than |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | February 1, 2007, and subsequent contracts must expire no later | ||||||
2 | than February 1 each 4 years thereafter. No contract
shall be
| ||||||
3 | extended or renewed beyond February 1, 2007 and February 1 each | ||||||
4 | 4 years thereafter, but a State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
5 | shall serve until his or her successor is appointed. Each | ||||||
6 | contract entered into on or before January 8, 2007 with a State | ||||||
7 | Superintendent of Education must provide that the State Board | ||||||
8 | of Education may terminate the contract for cause, and the | ||||||
9 | State Board of Education shall not thereafter be liable for | ||||||
10 | further payments under the contract. With regard to this | ||||||
11 | amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, it is the intent | ||||||
12 | of the General Assembly that, beginning with the Governor who | ||||||
13 | takes office on the second Monday of January, 2007, a State | ||||||
14 | Superintendent of Education be appointed at the beginning of | ||||||
15 | each term of a Governor after that Governor has made | ||||||
16 | appointments to the Board. The State
Superintendent of | ||||||
17 | Education shall not serve as a member of the State
Board of | ||||||
18 | Education. The Board shall set the compensation of the State
| ||||||
19 | Superintendent of Education who shall serve as the Board's | ||||||
20 | chief
executive officer. The Board shall also establish the | ||||||
21 | duties, powers and
responsibilities of the State | ||||||
22 | Superintendent, which shall be included in the
State | ||||||
23 | Superintendent's performance-based contract along with the | ||||||
24 | goals and
indicators of student performance and academic | ||||||
25 | improvement used to measure the
performance and effectiveness | ||||||
26 | of the State Superintendent.
The State Board of Education may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | delegate
to the State Superintendent of Education the authority | ||||||
2 | to act on the Board's
behalf, provided such delegation is made | ||||||
3 | pursuant to adopted board policy
or the powers delegated are | ||||||
4 | ministerial in nature. The State Board may
not delegate | ||||||
5 | authority under this Section to the State Superintendent to
(1) | ||||||
6 | nonrecognize school districts, (2) withhold State payments as a | ||||||
7 | penalty,
or (3) make final decisions under the contested case | ||||||
8 | provisions of the Illinois
Administrative Procedure Act unless | ||||||
9 | otherwise provided by law.
| ||||||
10 | C. The powers and duties of the State Board of Education | ||||||
11 | shall encompass all
duties delegated to the Office of | ||||||
12 | Superintendent of Public Instruction on
January 12, 1975, | ||||||
13 | except as the law providing for such powers and duties is
| ||||||
14 | thereafter amended, and such other powers and duties as the | ||||||
15 | General Assembly
shall designate. The Board shall be | ||||||
16 | responsible for the educational policies
and guidelines for | ||||||
17 | public schools, pre-school through grade
12 and Vocational | ||||||
18 | Education in the State of Illinois. The Board shall
analyze the | ||||||
19 | present and future aims, needs, and requirements of
education | ||||||
20 | in the State of Illinois and recommend to the General Assembly
| ||||||
21 | the powers which should be exercised by the Board. The Board | ||||||
22 | shall
recommend the passage and the legislation necessary to | ||||||
23 | determine the
appropriate relationship between the Board and | ||||||
24 | local boards of education
and the various State agencies and | ||||||
25 | shall recommend desirable
modifications in the laws which | ||||||
26 | affect schools.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | D. Two members of the Board shall be appointed by the | ||||||
2 | chairperson
to serve on a standing joint Education Committee, 2 | ||||||
3 | others shall be
appointed from the Board of Higher Education, 2
| ||||||
4 | others shall be appointed by the chairperson of the
Illinois | ||||||
5 | Community College Board, and 2 others shall be appointed by the
| ||||||
6 | chairperson of the Human Resource Investment Council. The
| ||||||
7 | Committee shall be
responsible for making recommendations | ||||||
8 | concerning the submission of any
workforce development plan or | ||||||
9 | workforce training program required by federal
law or under any | ||||||
10 | block grant authority. The Committee will be
responsible for | ||||||
11 | developing policy on matters of mutual concern to
elementary, | ||||||
12 | secondary and higher education such as Occupational and
Career | ||||||
13 | Education, Teacher Preparation and Certification, Educational
| ||||||
14 | Finance, Articulation between Elementary, Secondary and Higher | ||||||
15 | Education
and Research and Planning. The joint Education | ||||||
16 | Committee shall meet at
least quarterly and submit an annual | ||||||
17 | report of its findings,
conclusions, and recommendations to the | ||||||
18 | State Board of Education, the Board of
Higher Education, the | ||||||
19 | Illinois Community College Board,
the Human Resource | ||||||
20 | Investment Council, the Governor, and the
General
Assembly. All | ||||||
21 | meetings of this Committee shall be official meetings for
| ||||||
22 | reimbursement under this Act. On the effective date of this | ||||||
23 | amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, the Joint | ||||||
24 | Education Committee is abolished.
| ||||||
25 | E. Five members of the Board shall constitute a quorum. A
| ||||||
26 | majority
vote of the members appointed, confirmed and serving |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | on the Board is
required to approve any action, except that the | ||||||
2 | 7 new Board members who were appointed to fill seats of members | ||||||
3 | whose terms were terminated on the effective date of this | ||||||
4 | amendatory act of the 93rd General Assembly may vote to approve | ||||||
5 | actions when appointed and serving.
| ||||||
6 | The Board shall prepare and submit to the General Assembly | ||||||
7 | and the
Governor on or before January 14, 1976 and annually | ||||||
8 | thereafter a report
or reports of its findings and | ||||||
9 | recommendations. Such annual report shall
contain a separate | ||||||
10 | section which provides a critique and analysis of the
status of | ||||||
11 | education in Illinois and which identifies its specific | ||||||
12 | problems
and recommends express solutions therefor.
Such | ||||||
13 | annual report also shall contain the following information for | ||||||
14 | the
preceding year ending on June 30: each act or omission of a | ||||||
15 | school district
of which the State Board of Education has | ||||||
16 | knowledge as a consequence of
scheduled, approved visits and | ||||||
17 | which constituted a
failure by the district to comply with | ||||||
18 | applicable State or federal laws or
regulations relating to | ||||||
19 | public education, the name of such district, the date
or dates | ||||||
20 | on which the State Board of Education notified the school | ||||||
21 | district of
such act or omission, and what action, if any, the | ||||||
22 | school district took with
respect thereto after being notified | ||||||
23 | thereof by the State Board of Education.
The report shall also | ||||||
24 | include the statewide high school dropout rate by
grade level, | ||||||
25 | sex and race and the annual student dropout rate of and the
| ||||||
26 | number of students who graduate from, transfer from or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | otherwise leave
bilingual programs. The Auditor General shall | ||||||
2 | annually perform a
compliance audit of the State Board of | ||||||
3 | Education's performance of the
reporting duty imposed by this | ||||||
4 | amendatory Act of 1986. A regular system of
communication with | ||||||
5 | other directly related State agencies shall be
implemented.
| ||||||
6 | The requirement for reporting to the General Assembly shall | ||||||
7 | be satisfied
by filing copies of the report with the Speaker, | ||||||
8 | the Minority Leader and
the Clerk of the House of | ||||||
9 | Representatives and the President, the Minority
Leader and the | ||||||
10 | Secretary of the Senate and the Legislative Council, as | ||||||
11 | required
by Section 3.1 of the General
Assembly Organization | ||||||
12 | Act, and
filing such additional
copies with the State | ||||||
13 | Government Report Distribution Center for the General
Assembly | ||||||
14 | as is required under paragraph (t) of Section 7 of the State | ||||||
15 | Library
Act.
| ||||||
16 | F. Upon appointment of the 7 new Board members who were | ||||||
17 | appointed to fill seats of members whose terms were terminated | ||||||
18 | on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd | ||||||
19 | General Assembly, the Board shall review all of its current | ||||||
20 | rules in an effort to streamline procedures, improve | ||||||
21 | efficiency, and eliminate unnecessary forms and paperwork.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25p new) | ||||||
24 | Sec. 2-3.25p. Targeted intervention strategies. | ||||||
25 | (a) The State Board of Education is authorized to make |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | rules necessary to define and implement strategies to support | ||||||
2 | school districts. Moneys appropriated under this Section must | ||||||
3 | be used to undertake targeted interventions in eligible schools | ||||||
4 | to improve student achievement. | ||||||
5 | (b) School districts with schools that remain on academic | ||||||
6 | watch status after a third annual calculation are eligible to | ||||||
7 | participate in targeted intervention strategies. The State | ||||||
8 | Board of Education shall select participating schools through a | ||||||
9 | prioritization process that considers the following, in | ||||||
10 | addition to other factors defined by Board rule: | ||||||
11 | (1) the number of years the school has remained in | ||||||
12 | academic watch status; and | ||||||
13 | (2) the overall percentage of students in the school | ||||||
14 | with State assessment scores demonstrating proficiency. | ||||||
15 | (c) The State Board of Education shall provide school | ||||||
16 | districts with schools eligible to participate the opportunity | ||||||
17 | to accept or decline participation in targeted intervention | ||||||
18 | strategies designed in cooperation with the school district, | ||||||
19 | the State Board of Education, and a designated State | ||||||
20 | Intervention Team. | ||||||
21 | (d) If a school district with schools eligible to | ||||||
22 | participate in an intervention strategy declines | ||||||
23 | participation, then that school district must demonstrate | ||||||
24 | academic improvement within the eligible schools over a 2-year | ||||||
25 | period as measured by the State Board of Education. If a school | ||||||
26 | district cannot demonstrate such improvement, the State Board |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Education is authorized to take actions as set forth in | ||||||
2 | subsection (b) of Section 2-3.25f of this Code. | ||||||
3 | (e) State Intervention Teams established under this | ||||||
4 | Section shall work with school districts to identify other | ||||||
5 | State, federal, and local funds that may be used to carry out | ||||||
6 | targeted intervention strategies as identified in the targeted | ||||||
7 | intervention plan developed under this Section. | ||||||
8 | (f) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education | ||||||
9 | shall make funds available to school districts implementing | ||||||
10 | targeted intervention strategies as identified in the targeted | ||||||
11 | intervention plan developed under this Section. | ||||||
12 | (g) A school district participating in targeted | ||||||
13 | intervention strategies shall be assigned a State Intervention | ||||||
14 | Team, assembled by the State Board of Education, that includes | ||||||
15 | an academic improvement specialist appointed by the State Board | ||||||
16 | of Education and representatives from various State agencies, | ||||||
17 | including, as appropriate, the Department of Human Services, | ||||||
18 | the Department of Healthcare and Family Services, the | ||||||
19 | Department of State Police, and the Department of Children and | ||||||
20 | Family Services, among others. | ||||||
21 | (h) A State Intervention Team shall cooperate with | ||||||
22 | representatives of the participating school district, which | ||||||
23 | may include the school board, district superintendent, school | ||||||
24 | administration, school professional staff, school parents, and | ||||||
25 | the school community. | ||||||
26 | (i) In cooperation with the other members of the State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Intervention Team and those entities listed in subsection (h) | ||||||
2 | of this Section, the academic improvement specialist shall | ||||||
3 | develop a targeted intervention plan in accordance with rules | ||||||
4 | adopted by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
5 | (j) The targeted intervention plan must be completed within | ||||||
6 | 60 days after the designation of the academic improvement | ||||||
7 | specialist and formation of the rest of the State Intervention | ||||||
8 | Team and must be filed with the State Board of Education. | ||||||
9 | (1) The academic improvement specialist is responsible | ||||||
10 | for creating the plan, in consultation with the other | ||||||
11 | members of the State Intervention Team. | ||||||
12 | (2) The academic improvement specialist shall attempt | ||||||
13 | to reach consensus on the plan with representatives from | ||||||
14 | the school district. | ||||||
15 | (k) The targeted intervention plan developed under this | ||||||
16 | Section may include the following, among other appropriate | ||||||
17 | strategies for school improvement: | ||||||
18 | (1) A plan for school participation in an extended | ||||||
19 | school year or summer school services or both for | ||||||
20 | low-achieving students. | ||||||
21 | (2) A plan to implement after-school tutoring and | ||||||
22 | alternative enrichment activities for low-achieving | ||||||
23 | students. | ||||||
24 | (3) A plan to increase the integration of technology in | ||||||
25 | classroom instruction and the use of technology to | ||||||
26 | encourage parental and community involvement. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) Improvements to services made available to | ||||||
2 | students, parents, and guardians through the school | ||||||
3 | library. | ||||||
4 | (5) Professional development opportunities available | ||||||
5 | to school and district administrators and teachers. | ||||||
6 | (6) Improvements to school curriculum and school | ||||||
7 | materials, including textbooks, software, and other | ||||||
8 | technology. | ||||||
9 | (l) The targeted intervention plan developed under this | ||||||
10 | Section shall cover a minimum of 2 school years and must | ||||||
11 | identify strategies for academic improvement that can be | ||||||
12 | sustained by the school district in subsequent years. | ||||||
13 | (m) The academic improvement specialist, in cooperation | ||||||
14 | with the State Board of Education, shall assess the | ||||||
15 | participating schools' progress throughout the course of the | ||||||
16 | intervention period, including the participating schools' | ||||||
17 | capacity to sustain academic improvement without participation | ||||||
18 | in the program. | ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.53b new) | ||||||
20 | Sec. 2-3.53b. New superintendent mentoring program. | ||||||
21 | (a) Beginning on July 1, 2008 and subject to an annual | ||||||
22 | appropriation by the General Assembly, to establish a new | ||||||
23 | superintendent mentoring program for new superintendents. Any | ||||||
24 | individual who begins serving as a superintendent in this State | ||||||
25 | on or after July 1, 2008 and has not previously served as a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district superintendent in this State shall participate | ||||||
2 | in the new superintendent mentoring program for the duration of | ||||||
3 | his or her first 2 school years as a superintendent and must | ||||||
4 | complete the program in accordance with the requirements | ||||||
5 | established by the State Board of Education by rule. The new | ||||||
6 | superintendent mentoring program shall match an experienced | ||||||
7 | superintendent who meets the requirements of subsection (b) of | ||||||
8 | this Section with each new superintendent in his or her first 2 | ||||||
9 | school years in that position in order to assist the new | ||||||
10 | superintendent in the development of his or her professional | ||||||
11 | growth and to provide guidance during the new superintendent's | ||||||
12 | first 2 school years of service. | ||||||
13 | (b) Any individual who has actively served as a school | ||||||
14 | district superintendent in this State for 3 or more years and | ||||||
15 | who has demonstrated success as an instructional leader, as | ||||||
16 | determined by the State Board of Education by rule, is eligible | ||||||
17 | to apply to be a mentor under the new superintendent mentoring | ||||||
18 | program. Mentors shall complete mentoring training through a | ||||||
19 | provider selected by the State Board of Education and shall | ||||||
20 | meet any other requirements set forth by the State Board and by | ||||||
21 | the school district employing the mentor. | ||||||
22 | (c) Under the new superintendent mentoring program, a | ||||||
23 | provider selected by the State Board of Education shall assign | ||||||
24 | a mentor to a new superintendent based on (i) similarity of | ||||||
25 | grade level or type of school district, (ii) learning needs of | ||||||
26 | the new superintendent, and (iii) geographical proximity of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mentor to the new superintendent. The new superintendent, in | ||||||
2 | collaboration with the mentor, shall identify areas for | ||||||
3 | improvement of the new superintendent's professional growth, | ||||||
4 | including, but not limited to, each of the following: | ||||||
5 | (1) Analyzing data and applying it to practice. | ||||||
6 | (2) Aligning professional development and | ||||||
7 | instructional programs. | ||||||
8 | (3) Building a professional learning community. | ||||||
9 | (4) Effective school board relations. | ||||||
10 | (5) Facilitating effective meetings. | ||||||
11 | (6) Developing distributive leadership practices. | ||||||
12 | (7) Facilitating organizational change. | ||||||
13 | The mentor must not be required to provide an evaluation of | ||||||
14 | the new superintendent on the basis of the mentoring | ||||||
15 | relationship. | ||||||
16 | (d) From January 1, 2009 until May 15, 2009 and from | ||||||
17 | January 1 until May 15 each year thereafter, each mentor and | ||||||
18 | each new superintendent shall complete a survey of progress of | ||||||
19 | the new superintendent on a form developed by the school | ||||||
20 | district. On or before September 1, 2009 and on or before | ||||||
21 | September 1 of each year thereafter, the provider selected by | ||||||
22 | the State Board of Education shall submit a detailed annual | ||||||
23 | report to the State Board of how the appropriation for the new | ||||||
24 | superintendent mentoring program was spent, details on each | ||||||
25 | mentor-mentee relationship, and a qualitative evaluation of | ||||||
26 | the outcomes. The provider shall develop a verification form |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that each new superintendent and his or her mentor must | ||||||
2 | complete and submit to the provider to certify completion of | ||||||
3 | each year of the new superintendent mentoring program by July | ||||||
4 | 15 immediately following the school year just completed. | ||||||
5 | (e) The requirements of this Section do not apply to any | ||||||
6 | individual who has previously served as an assistant | ||||||
7 | superintendent in a school district in this State acting under | ||||||
8 | an administrative certificate for 5 or more years and who, on | ||||||
9 | or after July 1, 2008, begins serving as a superintendent in | ||||||
10 | the school district where he or she had served as an assistant | ||||||
11 | superintendent immediately prior to being named | ||||||
12 | superintendent, although such an individual may choose to | ||||||
13 | participate in the new superintendent mentoring program or may | ||||||
14 | be required to participate by the school district. The | ||||||
15 | requirements of this Section do not apply to any superintendent | ||||||
16 | or chief executive officer of a school district organized under | ||||||
17 | Article 34 of this Code. | ||||||
18 | (f) The State Board may adopt any rules that are necessary | ||||||
19 | for the implementation of this Section.
| ||||||
20 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.142 new) | ||||||
21 | Sec. 2-3.142. Teacher and school leadership preparation. | ||||||
22 | The State Board of Education shall comply with Section 9.33 of | ||||||
23 | the Board of Higher Education Act. The State Board may adopt | ||||||
24 | any rules that are necessary to carry out its responsibilities | ||||||
25 | under Section 9.33 of the Board of Higher Education Act. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.143 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 2-3.143. Rural Learning Initiative. | ||||||
3 | (a) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education | ||||||
4 | shall by rule establish a Rural Learning Initiative to upgrade | ||||||
5 | computer lab facilities and associated components, upgrade | ||||||
6 | classroom materials, and fund professional development. | ||||||
7 | (b) The State Board of Education shall select the | ||||||
8 | participating school districts and schools based on each | ||||||
9 | district's or school's need. In selecting participants, the | ||||||
10 | State Board shall consider all of the following criteria: | ||||||
11 | (1) The district's size, student population, and | ||||||
12 | location. | ||||||
13 | (2) Documented teacher shortages in critical areas for | ||||||
14 | which teaching and learning could be provided by access to | ||||||
15 | the Illinois Virtual High School. | ||||||
16 | (3) Limited access to advanced placement courses. | ||||||
17 | (4) Low rates of satisfactory performance on | ||||||
18 | assessment instruments under Section 2-3.64 of this Code. | ||||||
19 | (5) The methods the district or school will use to | ||||||
20 | measure the outcomes of the grant in the district or | ||||||
21 | school. | ||||||
22 | (6) Whether the district or school has limited system | ||||||
23 | capabilities, resource needs, and professional development | ||||||
24 | support. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.144 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 2-3.144. Small school support grant pilot program.
| ||||||
3 | (a) Subject to appropriation, by the beginning of the | ||||||
4 | 2007-2008 school year or as soon as possible thereafter, the | ||||||
5 | State Board of Education shall by rule establish a small school | ||||||
6 | support grant pilot program to provide grants to school | ||||||
7 | districts with at least one school that meets the criteria | ||||||
8 | outlined in this Section and enable those districts to create | ||||||
9 | small school projects serving no more than 500 students. The | ||||||
10 | small school support grant pilot program is subject to | ||||||
11 | appropriation. | ||||||
12 | (b) School districts selected to receive funds under this | ||||||
13 | Section shall create a small school community within a school | ||||||
14 | that is separate from the school's larger student body. | ||||||
15 | (c) Grants under this Section shall be awarded pursuant to | ||||||
16 | application to the State Board of Education. The form and | ||||||
17 | manner of applications and the criteria for the award of grants | ||||||
18 | shall be prescribed by the State Board of Education. Any school | ||||||
19 | district with at least one school with an enrollment that | ||||||
20 | exceeds 2,000 students or an enrollment at any grade level of | ||||||
21 | 500 or more students may apply for grant funds. | ||||||
22 | (d) In year one, a maximum of 25 eligible school districts | ||||||
23 | may receive grants under this Section to fund activities | ||||||
24 | related to planning their small school projects, and no one | ||||||
25 | grant may exceed $250,000. | ||||||
26 | If a district receiving year-one planning funds is approved |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to proceed and implement a small school project, then the | ||||||
2 | district may qualify for 4-year, $1,000 per pupil | ||||||
3 | implementation funds to fund the costs of implementing the | ||||||
4 | small school project, including additional staff, | ||||||
5 | administrative, and other operational expenses associated with | ||||||
6 | offering a small school project. Prior to approving | ||||||
7 | implementation funds, the State Board of Education may require | ||||||
8 | districts to submit planning phase progress reports, which may | ||||||
9 | include, among other information, the school enrollment | ||||||
10 | policy, the school administration's objectives, assessment | ||||||
11 | tools used to track student progress, and both a community and | ||||||
12 | parental participation plan. School districts participating in | ||||||
13 | the program must provide quarterly progress reports to the | ||||||
14 | State Board of Education based on Board rule. The State Board | ||||||
15 | of Education is authorized to evaluate schools participating in | ||||||
16 | the program to determine the effectiveness of the program on | ||||||
17 | educational outcomes. | ||||||
18 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.145 new)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 2-3.145. Expansion of full-day kindergarten. Subject | ||||||
20 | to appropriation, there is created a program of assistance to | ||||||
21 | school districts in order to expand half-day kindergarten to | ||||||
22 | full-day kindergarten. The State Board of Education shall | ||||||
23 | administer this program, whereby school districts are selected | ||||||
24 | to receive grants, after submission to the State Board of a | ||||||
25 | completed application by a deadline established by the State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Superintendent of Education, in descending order according to a | ||||||
2 | district's low-income concentration level, as that term is | ||||||
3 | defined in subsection (H) of paragraph (1.10) of Section | ||||||
4 | 18-8.05 of this Code, as long as funds appropriated for a given | ||||||
5 | fiscal year remain available. The program shall provide for | ||||||
6 | grants of only one fiscal year, and a district may receive such | ||||||
7 | a grant only once. The amount of grant funds a recipient | ||||||
8 | district is awarded shall equal 50% of the State share of the | ||||||
9 | foundation level of support under Section 18-8.05 of this Code | ||||||
10 | for the current school year multiplied by the number of | ||||||
11 | half-day kindergarten students in the district at the time the | ||||||
12 | district submits its application. The grant funds must be used | ||||||
13 | for operational, not capital development, purposes. A grant | ||||||
14 | recipient must focus on integrating full-day kindergarten into | ||||||
15 | the district's core offerings. The State Board shall adopt such | ||||||
16 | rules as may be necessary for the implementation of this | ||||||
17 | Section, including the application procedures and requirements | ||||||
18 | for receipt of the grant funds and the proper use of grant | ||||||
19 | funds.
| ||||||
20 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.20)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 10-20.20. Protection from suit. )
To indemnify and | ||||||
22 | protect school districts, members of school boards, employees,
| ||||||
23 | volunteer personnel authorized in Sections 10-22.34, 10-22.34a | ||||||
24 | and
10-22.34b of this Code , mentors of certified staff as | ||||||
25 | authorized in Article 21A and Sections 2-3.53a, 2-3.53b, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 34-18.33 of this Code,
and student teachers against civil | ||||||
2 | rights damage claims and
suits, constitutional rights damage | ||||||
3 | claims and suits and death and bodily
injury and property | ||||||
4 | damage claims and suits, including defense thereof,
when | ||||||
5 | damages are sought for negligent or wrongful acts alleged to | ||||||
6 | have been
committed in the scope of employment or under the | ||||||
7 | direction of the board or related to any mentoring services | ||||||
8 | provided to certified staff of the school district .
Such | ||||||
9 | indemnification and protection shall extend to persons who were
| ||||||
10 | members of school boards, employees of school boards,
| ||||||
11 | authorized volunteer personnel , mentors of certified staff, or | ||||||
12 | student teachers at
the time of the incident from which a claim | ||||||
13 | arises.
No agent may be afforded
indemnification or protection | ||||||
14 | unless he was a member of a school board, an
employee of a | ||||||
15 | board,
an authorized volunteer , a mentor of certified staff,
or | ||||||
16 | a student teacher at the time of the incident from
which the | ||||||
17 | claim arises.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 79-210.)
| ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; Amounts. | ||||||
21 | Reimbursement for furnishing special educational facilities in | ||||||
22 | a
recognized school to the type of children defined in Section | ||||||
23 | 14-1.02
shall be paid to the school districts in accordance | ||||||
24 | with Section 14-12.01
for each school year ending June 30 by | ||||||
25 | the State Comptroller out of any money
in the treasury |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appropriated for such purposes on the presentation of vouchers
| ||||||
2 | by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
3 | The reimbursement shall be limited to funds expended for | ||||||
4 | construction
and maintenance of special education facilities | ||||||
5 | designed and utilized to
house instructional programs, | ||||||
6 | diagnostic services, other special
education services for | ||||||
7 | children with disabilities and
reimbursement as
provided in | ||||||
8 | Section 14-13.01. There shall be no reimbursement for
| ||||||
9 | construction and maintenance of any administrative facility | ||||||
10 | separated
from special education facilities designed and | ||||||
11 | utilized to house
instructional programs, diagnostic services | ||||||
12 | and other special education
services for children with | ||||||
13 | disabilities.
| ||||||
14 | (a) For children who have not been identified as eligible | ||||||
15 | for special
education and for eligible children with physical
| ||||||
16 | disabilities, including all
eligible children whose placement | ||||||
17 | has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in
hospital or home | ||||||
18 | instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
| ||||||
19 | $1,000 annually per child or $8,000 per teacher for the | ||||||
20 | 1985-1986 school year
through the 2005-2006 school year and | ||||||
21 | $1,000 per child or $13,170 per teacher for the 2006-2007 | ||||||
22 | school year and for each school year
and thereafter, whichever | ||||||
23 | is less. Children
to be included in any reimbursement under | ||||||
24 | this paragraph must regularly
receive a minimum of one hour of | ||||||
25 | instruction each school day, or in lieu
thereof of a minimum of | ||||||
26 | 5 hours of instruction in each school week in
order to qualify |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for full reimbursement under this Section. If the
attending | ||||||
2 | physician for such a child has certified that the child should
| ||||||
3 | not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, | ||||||
4 | however,
reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that | ||||||
5 | child shall be
computed proportionate to the actual hours of | ||||||
6 | instruction per week for
that child divided by 5.
| ||||||
7 | (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 4/5 of the | ||||||
8 | cost of
transportation for each such child, whom the State | ||||||
9 | Superintendent of
Education determined in advance requires | ||||||
10 | special transportation service
in order to take advantage of | ||||||
11 | special educational facilities.
Transportation costs shall be | ||||||
12 | determined in the same fashion as provided
in Section 29-5. For | ||||||
13 | purposes of this subsection (b), the dates for
processing | ||||||
14 | claims specified in Section 29-5 shall apply.
| ||||||
15 | (c) For each professional worker excluding those included | ||||||
16 | in
subparagraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section, the | ||||||
17 | annual sum of
$8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the | ||||||
18 | 2005-2006 school year and $13,170 for the 2006-2007 school year | ||||||
19 | and for each school year
and thereafter.
| ||||||
20 | (d) For one full time qualified director of the special | ||||||
21 | education
program of each school district which maintains a | ||||||
22 | fully approved program
of special education the annual sum of | ||||||
23 | $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school
year through the 2005-2006 | ||||||
24 | school year and $13,170 for the 2006-2007 school year and for | ||||||
25 | each school year
and thereafter. Districts participating in a | ||||||
26 | joint agreement special
education program shall not receive |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such reimbursement if reimbursement is made
for a director of | ||||||
2 | the joint agreement program.
| ||||||
3 | (e) For each school psychologist as defined in Section | ||||||
4 | 14-1.09 the
annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year | ||||||
5 | through the 2005-2006 school year and $13,170 for the 2006-2007 | ||||||
6 | school year and for each school year
and thereafter.
| ||||||
7 | (f) For each qualified teacher working in a fully approved | ||||||
8 | program
for children of preschool age who are deaf or | ||||||
9 | hard-of-hearing the annual
sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 | ||||||
10 | school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $13,170 for | ||||||
11 | the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year
and
| ||||||
12 | thereafter.
| ||||||
13 | (g) For readers, working with blind or partially seeing | ||||||
14 | children 1/2
of their salary but not more than $400 annually | ||||||
15 | per child. Readers may
be employed to assist such children and | ||||||
16 | shall not be required to be
certified but prior to employment | ||||||
17 | shall meet standards set up by the
State Board of Education.
| ||||||
18 | (h) For necessary non-certified employees working in any | ||||||
19 | class or
program for children defined in this Article, 1/2 of | ||||||
20 | the salary paid or
$2,800 annually per employee through the | ||||||
21 | 2005-2006 school year and $4,610 per employee for the 2006-2007 | ||||||
22 | school year and for each school year thereafter , whichever is | ||||||
23 | less.
| ||||||
24 | The State Board of Education shall set standards and | ||||||
25 | prescribe rules
for determining the allocation of | ||||||
26 | reimbursement under this section on
less than a full time basis |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and for less than a school year.
| ||||||
2 | When any school district eligible for reimbursement under | ||||||
3 | this
Section operates a school or program approved by the State
| ||||||
4 | Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of | ||||||
5 | the
adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, | ||||||
6 | such
reimbursement shall be increased by 1/185 of the amount or | ||||||
7 | rate paid
hereunder for each day such school is operated in | ||||||
8 | excess of 185 days per
calendar year.
| ||||||
9 | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school | ||||||
10 | district receiving
a payment under this Section or under | ||||||
11 | Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
29-5 of this Code may classify | ||||||
12 | all or a portion of the funds that it receives
in a particular | ||||||
13 | fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section
| ||||||
14 | 18-8.05 of this Code as
funds received in connection with any | ||||||
15 | funding program for which it is
entitled to receive funds from | ||||||
16 | the State in that fiscal year (including,
without limitation, | ||||||
17 | any funding program referenced in this Section),
regardless of | ||||||
18 | the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
| ||||||
19 | classify more funds as funds received in connection with the | ||||||
20 | funding
program than the district is entitled to receive in | ||||||
21 | that fiscal year for that
program. Any
classification by a | ||||||
22 | district must be made by a resolution of its board of
| ||||||
23 | education. The resolution must identify the amount of any | ||||||
24 | payments or
general State aid to be classified under this | ||||||
25 | paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which the | ||||||
26 | funds are to be treated as received in
connection therewith. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | This resolution is controlling as to the
classification of | ||||||
2 | funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the
resolution | ||||||
3 | must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education.
The | ||||||
4 | resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the | ||||||
5 | resolution has
not been sent to the State
Superintendent of | ||||||
6 | Education in a timely manner.
No
classification under this | ||||||
7 | paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount
or timing | ||||||
8 | of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code.
| ||||||
9 | No classification under this paragraph by a district shall
in | ||||||
10 | any way relieve the district from or affect any
requirements | ||||||
11 | that otherwise would apply with respect to
that funding | ||||||
12 | program, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting | ||||||
13 | expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting | ||||||
14 | requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 92-568, eff. 6-26-02; 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04.)
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 17-1.5. Limitation of administrative costs.
| ||||||
18 | (a) It is the purpose of this Section to establish | ||||||
19 | limitations on the growth
of administrative expenditures in | ||||||
20 | order to maximize the proportion of school
district resources | ||||||
21 | available for the instructional programs
program , building
| ||||||
22 | maintenance, and safety services for the students of each | ||||||
23 | district and to commit to ensuring district resources are | ||||||
24 | maximized to improve student and school achievement .
| ||||||
25 | (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Administrative expenditures" mean the annual expenditures | ||||||
2 | of
school districts properly attributable to expenditure | ||||||
3 | functions defined by the
rules of the State Board of Education | ||||||
4 | as: 2320 (Executive Administration Services);
2330 (Special | ||||||
5 | Area Administration Services); 2490 (Other Support Services -
| ||||||
6 | School Administration); 2510 (Direction of Business Support | ||||||
7 | Services); 2570
(Internal Services); and 2610 (Direction of | ||||||
8 | Central
Support Services); provided, however, that | ||||||
9 | "administrative expenditures" shall
not include early | ||||||
10 | retirement or other pension system obligations required by
| ||||||
11 | State law.
| ||||||
12 | "School district" means all school districts having a | ||||||
13 | population of less than
500,000.
| ||||||
14 | (c) For the 1998-99 school year and each school year | ||||||
15 | thereafter, each school
district shall undertake budgetary and | ||||||
16 | expenditure control actions so that the
increase in | ||||||
17 | administrative expenditures for that school year over the prior
| ||||||
18 | school year does not exceed 5%.
School districts with | ||||||
19 | administrative expenditures per pupil
in the 25th
percentile | ||||||
20 | and below for all districts of the same type,
as defined by the | ||||||
21 | State Board of Education,
may waive the limitation imposed | ||||||
22 | under this Section for any year following a
public hearing and | ||||||
23 | with the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members | ||||||
24 | of the school board of
the
district. Any district waiving the | ||||||
25 | limitation shall notify the State Board
within 45 days of such | ||||||
26 | action.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d) School districts shall file with the State Board of | ||||||
2 | Education by
November 15, 1998 and
by each November 15th | ||||||
3 | thereafter a one-page report that lists
(i) the actual
| ||||||
4 | administrative expenditures for
the
prior year from the | ||||||
5 | district's audited Annual Financial Report, and (ii) the
| ||||||
6 | projected administrative expenditures for the current year | ||||||
7 | from the budget adopted by the school board
pursuant to Section | ||||||
8 | 17-1 of this Code.
| ||||||
9 | If a school district that is ineligible to waive the | ||||||
10 | limitation imposed by
subsection (c) of this Section by board | ||||||
11 | action exceeds the limitation
solely because of circumstances | ||||||
12 | beyond
the control of the district and the district has | ||||||
13 | exhausted all available and
reasonable remedies to comply with | ||||||
14 | the limitation, the district may request a
waiver pursuant to | ||||||
15 | Section 2-3.25g. The waiver application shall specify the
| ||||||
16 | amount,
nature, and reason for the relief requested, as well as | ||||||
17 | all remedies the
district has exhausted to comply with the | ||||||
18 | limitation.
Any emergency relief so requested shall apply only | ||||||
19 | to the specific
school year for which the request is made. The | ||||||
20 | State Board of Education shall
analyze all such waivers | ||||||
21 | submitted and shall recommend that the General
Assembly | ||||||
22 | disapprove any such waiver requested that is not due solely to
| ||||||
23 | circumstances beyond the control of the district and for which | ||||||
24 | the district has
not exhausted all available and reasonable | ||||||
25 | remedies to comply with the
limitation. The State | ||||||
26 | Superintendent shall have
no authority to impose any sanctions |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pursuant to this Section for any
expenditures for which a | ||||||
2 | waiver has been requested until such waiver has been
reviewed | ||||||
3 | by the General Assembly.
| ||||||
4 | If the report and information required
under this
| ||||||
5 | subsection (d) are not provided by the school district in a | ||||||
6 | timely
manner, or are subsequently determined by
the State | ||||||
7 | Superintendent of Education
to be incomplete or inaccurate, the | ||||||
8 | State Superintendent shall notify the
district in writing of | ||||||
9 | reporting deficiencies. The school district shall,
within 60 | ||||||
10 | days of the notice, address the reporting deficiencies | ||||||
11 | identified.
| ||||||
12 | (d-5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, | ||||||
13 | for a school district receiving general State financial aid due | ||||||
14 | to the district under Section 18-8.05 of this Code in any | ||||||
15 | school year, the school district's administrative expenditures | ||||||
16 | may not exceed 5% for that school year.
| ||||||
17 | (e) If the State Superintendent determines that a school | ||||||
18 | district has failed
to comply with the administrative | ||||||
19 | expenditure limitation imposed in subsection
(c) or (d-5) of | ||||||
20 | this Section,
the
State Superintendent shall notify the | ||||||
21 | district of the violation and direct the
district to undertake | ||||||
22 | corrective action to bring the district's budget into
| ||||||
23 | compliance with the administrative expenditure limitation. The | ||||||
24 | district shall,
within 60 days of the notice, provide adequate | ||||||
25 | assurance to the State
Superintendent that appropriate | ||||||
26 | corrective actions have been or will be taken.
If the district |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fails to provide adequate assurance or fails to undertake the
| ||||||
2 | necessary corrective actions, the State Superintendent may | ||||||
3 | impose progressive
sanctions against the district that may | ||||||
4 | culminate in withholding
all
subsequent payments of general | ||||||
5 | State aid due the district under Section
18-8.05 of
this Code
| ||||||
6 | until the assurance is provided or the corrective actions | ||||||
7 | taken.
| ||||||
8 | (f) The State Superintendent shall publish a list each year | ||||||
9 | of the school
districts that violate the limitation imposed by | ||||||
10 | subsection (c) or (d-5) of this
Section and a list of the | ||||||
11 | districts that waive the limitation by board
action as provided | ||||||
12 | in subsection (c) of this Section.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-653, eff. 7-29-98.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
| ||||||
15 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 94-1105 )
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State | ||||||
17 | financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common | ||||||
18 | schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
| ||||||
19 | (A) General Provisions.
| ||||||
20 | (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 | ||||||
21 | and subsequent
school years. The system of general State | ||||||
22 | financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to | ||||||
23 | assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
| ||||||
24 | required local resources, the financial support provided each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
| ||||||
2 | prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach | ||||||
3 | imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and | ||||||
4 | provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of | ||||||
5 | general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local | ||||||
6 | Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount | ||||||
7 | of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, | ||||||
8 | in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local | ||||||
9 | Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school | ||||||
10 | district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in | ||||||
11 | this
Section.
| ||||||
12 | (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school | ||||||
13 | districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils | ||||||
14 | from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental | ||||||
15 | general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to | ||||||
16 | subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for | ||||||
17 | school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for | ||||||
18 | distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item | ||||||
19 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
20 | appropriated under this Section.
| ||||||
21 | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, | ||||||
22 | school districts
are required to file claims with the State | ||||||
23 | Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
| ||||||
24 | (a) Any school district which fails for any given | ||||||
25 | school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to | ||||||
26 | maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In | ||||||
2 | case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in | ||||||
3 | a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, | ||||||
4 | the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the | ||||||
5 | proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the | ||||||
6 | attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
| ||||||
7 | Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" | ||||||
8 | means any
public school which meets the standards as | ||||||
9 | established for recognition
by the State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education. A school district or attendance center
not | ||||||
11 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
12 | entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
13 | claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
| ||||||
14 | (b) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
15 | subject to
Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as | ||||||
16 | otherwise provided in this
Section.
| ||||||
17 | (c) If a school district operates a full year school | ||||||
18 | under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school | ||||||
19 | district shall be determined
by the State Board of | ||||||
20 | Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be | ||||||
21 | applicable.
| ||||||
22 | (d) (Blank).
| ||||||
23 | (e) School district expenditures are subject to | ||||||
24 | subsection (d-5) of Section 17-1.5 of this Code, if | ||||||
25 | applicable.
| ||||||
26 | (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for | ||||||
2 | in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received | ||||||
3 | for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
| ||||||
4 | School districts are not required to exert a minimum | ||||||
5 | Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under | ||||||
6 | this Section.
| ||||||
7 | (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when | ||||||
8 | capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
| ||||||
9 | (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil | ||||||
10 | attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in | ||||||
11 | subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial | ||||||
12 | support levels.
| ||||||
13 | (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of | ||||||
14 | local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average | ||||||
15 | Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to | ||||||
16 | subsection (D).
| ||||||
17 | (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": | ||||||
18 | Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in | ||||||
19 | relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property | ||||||
20 | tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
| ||||||
21 | amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in | ||||||
22 | connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as | ||||||
23 | amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
| ||||||
24 | (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil | ||||||
25 | financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
| ||||||
26 | (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, | ||||||
2 | Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational | ||||||
3 | Education
Building purposes.
| ||||||
4 | (B) Foundation Level.
| ||||||
5 | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the | ||||||
6 | State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial | ||||||
7 | support that should be available to
provide for the basic | ||||||
8 | education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set | ||||||
9 | forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
| ||||||
10 | a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with | ||||||
11 | the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the | ||||||
12 | district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are | ||||||
13 | available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the | ||||||
14 | district.
| ||||||
15 | (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
16 | support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the | ||||||
17 | Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school | ||||||
18 | year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the | ||||||
19 | 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation | ||||||
20 | Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the | ||||||
21 | Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
22 | year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the | ||||||
23 | 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is | ||||||
24 | $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
25 | support is $5,334.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) For the 2007-2008
2006-2007 school year and each school | ||||||
2 | year thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,058
| ||||||
3 | $5,334 or such greater amount as
may be established by law by | ||||||
4 | the General Assembly.
| ||||||
5 | (C) Average Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
6 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
7 | to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be | ||||||
8 | utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
| ||||||
9 | calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual | ||||||
10 | number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as | ||||||
11 | further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for | ||||||
12 | each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number | ||||||
13 | of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board | ||||||
14 | of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, | ||||||
15 | conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection | ||||||
16 | (F).
| ||||||
17 | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in | ||||||
18 | subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the | ||||||
19 | school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which | ||||||
20 | general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the | ||||||
21 | attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is | ||||||
22 | greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in | ||||||
23 | subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
| ||||||
24 | school year immediately preceding the school year for which | ||||||
25 | general
State aid is being calculated.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (D) Available Local Resources.
| ||||||
2 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
3 | to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local | ||||||
4 | Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in | ||||||
5 | this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources | ||||||
6 | per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing | ||||||
7 | local school district revenues from local property
taxes and | ||||||
8 | from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed | ||||||
9 | on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation | ||||||
10 | of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty | ||||||
11 | funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
| ||||||
12 | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local | ||||||
13 | property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the | ||||||
14 | equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each | ||||||
15 | school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The | ||||||
16 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and | ||||||
17 | determined as provided in subsection (G).
| ||||||
18 | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
19 | through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be | ||||||
20 | calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
| ||||||
21 | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by | ||||||
22 | the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school | ||||||
23 | districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
| ||||||
24 | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the | ||||||
25 | product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's | ||||||
2 | Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts | ||||||
3 | maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues | ||||||
4 | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
5 | of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the | ||||||
6 | district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
| ||||||
7 | For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to | ||||||
8 | Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil | ||||||
9 | shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed | ||||||
10 | valuation for property within the elementary and high school | ||||||
11 | classification of the partial elementary unit district | ||||||
12 | multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
13 | figure for grades kindergarten through 8, plus the product of | ||||||
14 | the equalized assessed valuation for property within the high | ||||||
15 | school only classification of the partial elementary unit | ||||||
16 | district multiplied by 0.94% and divided by the Average Daily | ||||||
17 | Attendance figure for grades 9 through 12.
| ||||||
18 | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid | ||||||
19 | to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before | ||||||
20 | the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the | ||||||
21 | Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be | ||||||
22 | added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived | ||||||
23 | by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). | ||||||
24 | The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district | ||||||
25 | shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is | ||||||
26 | utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | aid.
| ||||||
2 | (E) Computation of General State Aid.
| ||||||
3 | (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid | ||||||
4 | allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State | ||||||
5 | Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
| ||||||
6 | (2) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
7 | Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the | ||||||
8 | Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be | ||||||
9 | calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus | ||||||
10 | Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
| ||||||
11 | Attendance of the school district.
| ||||||
12 | (3) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
13 | Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of | ||||||
14 | 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of | ||||||
15 | 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per | ||||||
16 | pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level | ||||||
17 | derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, | ||||||
18 | the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in | ||||||
19 | direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for | ||||||
20 | a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the | ||||||
21 | product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the | ||||||
22 | Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local | ||||||
23 | Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation | ||||||
24 | Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts | ||||||
25 | subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily | ||||||
2 | Attendance of the school
district.
| ||||||
3 | (4) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
4 | Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times | ||||||
5 | the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school | ||||||
6 | district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied | ||||||
7 | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
| ||||||
8 | (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school | ||||||
9 | district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements | ||||||
10 | set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased | ||||||
11 | by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have | ||||||
12 | been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
| ||||||
13 | utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
14 | Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less | ||||||
15 | the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. | ||||||
16 | This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
| ||||||
17 | affect any future general State aid allocations.
| ||||||
18 | (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
19 | (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, | ||||||
20 | submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by | ||||||
21 | the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school | ||||||
22 | year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance | ||||||
23 | information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily | ||||||
24 | attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning | ||||||
25 | with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as | ||||||
2 | provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph | ||||||
3 | (1).
| ||||||
4 | (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
| ||||||
5 | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
6 | September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
7 | to the month of May.
| ||||||
8 | (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round | ||||||
9 | classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be | ||||||
10 | added to the month
of September and any days of attendance | ||||||
11 | in June shall be added to
the month of May.
| ||||||
12 | (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, | ||||||
13 | hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, | ||||||
14 | days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
15 | September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
16 | to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the | ||||||
17 | year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in | ||||||
18 | subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the | ||||||
19 | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average | ||||||
20 | daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
| ||||||
21 | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round | ||||||
22 | buildings
for each month and added to the monthly | ||||||
23 | attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
| ||||||
24 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
| ||||||
25 | attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not | ||||||
26 | less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or | ||||||
2 | volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and | ||||||
3 | supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of | ||||||
4 | Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils | ||||||
5 | of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through | ||||||
6 | 12.
| ||||||
7 | Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited | ||||||
8 | only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized | ||||||
9 | school.
| ||||||
10 | (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
11 | of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the | ||||||
12 | compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
13 | (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for | ||||||
14 | only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis | ||||||
15 | of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 | ||||||
16 | minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
| ||||||
17 | unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | ||||||
18 | minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may | ||||||
19 | be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of | ||||||
20 | school work completed each day to the minimum number of
| ||||||
21 | minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
| ||||||
22 | (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
23 | on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the | ||||||
24 | first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days | ||||||
25 | utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
| ||||||
26 | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional | ||||||
2 | superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent | ||||||
3 | of Education to the extent that the
district has been | ||||||
4 | forced to use daily multiple sessions.
| ||||||
5 | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
6 | as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school | ||||||
7 | day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is | ||||||
8 | utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, | ||||||
9 | up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a | ||||||
10 | maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
| ||||||
11 | parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts | ||||||
12 | an in-service
training program for teachers which has been | ||||||
13 | approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in | ||||||
14 | lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which | ||||||
15 | event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; | ||||||
16 | and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) | ||||||
17 | are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
| ||||||
18 | improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or | ||||||
19 | amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, | ||||||
20 | provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours | ||||||
21 | are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
| ||||||
22 | remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur | ||||||
23 | are utilized
for in-service training programs or other | ||||||
24 | staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a | ||||||
25 | sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
| ||||||
26 | direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate | ||||||
2 | not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions | ||||||
3 | of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any | ||||||
4 | full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not | ||||||
5 | be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days | ||||||
6 | scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff | ||||||
7 | development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may | ||||||
8 | be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and | ||||||
9 | different attendance centers of the district.
| ||||||
10 | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of | ||||||
11 | teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by | ||||||
12 | telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of | ||||||
13 | attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more | ||||||
14 | clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of | ||||||
15 | attendance.
| ||||||
16 | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted | ||||||
17 | as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils | ||||||
18 | in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours | ||||||
19 | may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in | ||||||
20 | kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
| ||||||
21 | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the | ||||||
22 | age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours | ||||||
23 | because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not | ||||||
24 | less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of | ||||||
25 | attendance; however for such children whose educational | ||||||
26 | needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | counted as a full day of attendance.
| ||||||
2 | (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only | ||||||
3 | 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more | ||||||
4 | than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, | ||||||
5 | kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 | ||||||
6 | consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
| ||||||
7 | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the | ||||||
8 | pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from | ||||||
9 | school, unless the school district
obtains permission in | ||||||
10 | writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
| ||||||
11 | Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of | ||||||
12 | attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as | ||||||
13 | attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of | ||||||
14 | attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in | ||||||
15 | case of children who entered the kindergarten in their | ||||||
16 | fifth year
whose educational development requires a second | ||||||
17 | year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and | ||||||
18 | regulations of the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
19 | (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement | ||||||
20 | Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of | ||||||
21 | Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a | ||||||
22 | pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate | ||||||
23 | required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
24 | and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil | ||||||
25 | attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, | ||||||
26 | provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other | ||||||
2 | school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on | ||||||
3 | the examination days.
| ||||||
4 | (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
| ||||||
5 | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
6 | Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board | ||||||
7 | of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the | ||||||
8 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
| ||||||
9 | all taxable property of every school district, together with | ||||||
10 | (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the | ||||||
11 | funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
| ||||||
12 | and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to | ||||||
13 | property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
| ||||||
14 | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
15 | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized | ||||||
16 | assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district | ||||||
17 | situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was | ||||||
18 | subject to the alternative general homestead exemption | ||||||
19 | provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
an | ||||||
20 | amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead | ||||||
21 | exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
22 | for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the | ||||||
23 | total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school | ||||||
24 | district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) | ||||||
25 | $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and | ||||||
2 | thereafter and (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for | ||||||
3 | the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section | ||||||
4 | 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household | ||||||
5 | income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that | ||||||
6 | is or was subject to the alternative general homestead | ||||||
7 | exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
8 | shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of | ||||||
9 | Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption | ||||||
10 | amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all | ||||||
11 | amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
12 | Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 | ||||||
13 | or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general | ||||||
14 | homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined | ||||||
15 | under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than | ||||||
16 | Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
17 | Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, | ||||||
18 | between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed | ||||||
19 | for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the | ||||||
20 | Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
21 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property | ||||||
22 | been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. | ||||||
23 | It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional | ||||||
24 | exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
25 | Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, | ||||||
26 | then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional | ||||||
2 | exemptions.
| ||||||
3 | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by | ||||||
4 | the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the | ||||||
5 | calculation of Available Local
Resources.
| ||||||
6 | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall | ||||||
7 | be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
| ||||||
8 | (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under | ||||||
9 | this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district | ||||||
10 | within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a | ||||||
11 | municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation | ||||||
12 | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
| ||||||
13 | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 | ||||||
14 | of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs | ||||||
15 | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the | ||||||
16 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
| ||||||
17 | assessed valuation of real property located in any such | ||||||
18 | project area which is
attributable to an increase above the | ||||||
19 | total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such | ||||||
20 | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
| ||||||
21 | valuation of the district, until such time as all
| ||||||
22 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in | ||||||
23 | Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation | ||||||
24 | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the | ||||||
25 | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the | ||||||
26 | equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
| ||||||
2 | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
3 | used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
4 | have been paid.
| ||||||
5 | (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for | ||||||
6 | a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the | ||||||
7 | real property
value as equalized or assessed by the | ||||||
8 | Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed | ||||||
9 | by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under | ||||||
10 | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a | ||||||
11 | district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by | ||||||
12 | 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
13 | through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 | ||||||
14 | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
| ||||||
15 | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) | ||||||
16 | of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
17 | percentage rates for district type as
specified in this | ||||||
18 | subparagraph (b).
| ||||||
19 | (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year | ||||||
20 | thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of | ||||||
21 | this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local | ||||||
22 | Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the | ||||||
23 | district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
24 | as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
| ||||||
25 | For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms | ||||||
26 | shall have
the following meanings:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Budget Year": The school year for which general State | ||||||
2 | aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
| ||||||
3 | "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to | ||||||
4 | calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
| ||||||
5 | "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year | ||||||
6 | immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
| ||||||
7 | "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the | ||||||
8 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk | ||||||
9 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as | ||||||
10 | calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property | ||||||
11 | Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
12 | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of | ||||||
13 | the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County | ||||||
14 | Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating | ||||||
15 | Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
| ||||||
16 | "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, | ||||||
17 | certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is | ||||||
18 | the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is | ||||||
19 | the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
| ||||||
20 | "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined | ||||||
21 | in subsection (A).
| ||||||
22 | If a school district is subject to property tax extension | ||||||
23 | limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
24 | Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate | ||||||
25 | the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that | ||||||
26 | district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
| ||||||
2 | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to | ||||||
3 | the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
4 | and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the | ||||||
5 | 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the | ||||||
6 | Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school | ||||||
7 | district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be | ||||||
8 | equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last | ||||||
9 | used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's | ||||||
10 | Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
| ||||||
11 | Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated | ||||||
12 | under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's | ||||||
13 | equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to | ||||||
14 | subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating | ||||||
15 | the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant | ||||||
16 | to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized | ||||||
17 | Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
| ||||||
18 | district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
| ||||||
19 | Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance | ||||||
20 | with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the | ||||||
21 | adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year | ||||||
22 | following the effective date of the reorganization.
| ||||||
23 | (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for | ||||||
24 | the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district | ||||||
25 | experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed | ||||||
26 | valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
| ||||||
2 | Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized | ||||||
3 | Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the | ||||||
4 | district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal | ||||||
5 | the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
| ||||||
6 | calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and | ||||||
7 | the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension | ||||||
8 | Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district | ||||||
9 | as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the | ||||||
10 | district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in | ||||||
11 | calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid | ||||||
12 | allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's | ||||||
13 | general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
| ||||||
14 | that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall | ||||||
15 | be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local | ||||||
16 | Resources.
| ||||||
17 | (5) For school districts having a majority of their | ||||||
18 | equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, | ||||||
19 | Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State | ||||||
20 | aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school | ||||||
21 | year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
| ||||||
22 | this Section is less than the amount of general State aid | ||||||
23 | allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under | ||||||
24 | these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district | ||||||
25 | for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the | ||||||
26 | difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall | ||||||
2 | be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
| ||||||
3 | (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
| ||||||
4 | (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district | ||||||
5 | is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school | ||||||
6 | districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a | ||||||
7 | district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental | ||||||
8 | general State aid based upon the concentration level of | ||||||
9 | children
from low-income households within the school | ||||||
10 | district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school | ||||||
11 | districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for | ||||||
12 | distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item | ||||||
13 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
14 | appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any | ||||||
15 | fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general | ||||||
16 | State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the | ||||||
17 | general State aid and supplemental general State aid | ||||||
18 | calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure | ||||||
19 | that
each school district receives the full amount due for | ||||||
20 | general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall | ||||||
21 | be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State | ||||||
22 | Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible | ||||||
23 | districts on a prorated basis.
| ||||||
24 | (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school | ||||||
25 | years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
2 | shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most | ||||||
3 | recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily | ||||||
4 | Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the | ||||||
5 | percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in | ||||||
6 | the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district | ||||||
7 | with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the | ||||||
8 | percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
9 | of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries | ||||||
10 | are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high | ||||||
11 | school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
| ||||||
12 | school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the | ||||||
13 | high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most | ||||||
14 | recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
15 | and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income | ||||||
16 | eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school | ||||||
17 | districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal | ||||||
18 | censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible | ||||||
19 | pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number | ||||||
20 | used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school | ||||||
21 | district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made | ||||||
22 | to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
| ||||||
23 | supplemental general State aid
grants for school years | ||||||
24 | preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal | ||||||
25 | year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in | ||||||
26 | fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
| ||||||
2 | repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is | ||||||
3 | affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of | ||||||
4 | its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in | ||||||
5 | any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
| ||||||
6 | affected by any other funding.
| ||||||
7 | (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 | ||||||
8 | school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of | ||||||
9 | this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
10 | shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil | ||||||
11 | count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as | ||||||
12 | determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the | ||||||
13 | number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the | ||||||
14 | following
low income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health | ||||||
15 | Insurance Program,
KidCare, TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding | ||||||
16 | pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department
| ||||||
17 | of Children and Family Services,
averaged over
the 2 | ||||||
18 | immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year 2004 and | ||||||
19 | over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each fiscal | ||||||
20 | year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance of the | ||||||
21 | school district.
| ||||||
22 | (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
23 | subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, | ||||||
24 | 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
| ||||||
25 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
26 | Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the | ||||||
2 | low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
3 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
4 | Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
5 | grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 | ||||||
6 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
7 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
8 | Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
9 | grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 | ||||||
10 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
11 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
12 | Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the | ||||||
13 | 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low | ||||||
14 | income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
15 | (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount | ||||||
16 | specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately | ||||||
17 | above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, | ||||||
18 | respectively.
| ||||||
19 | (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil | ||||||
20 | amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) | ||||||
21 | immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, | ||||||
22 | respectively.
| ||||||
23 | (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
24 | subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 | ||||||
25 | school year:
| ||||||
26 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each | ||||||
2 | school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income | ||||||
3 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
4 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
5 | Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the | ||||||
6 | grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the | ||||||
7 | low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
8 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
9 | Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
10 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by | ||||||
11 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
12 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
13 | Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
14 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by | ||||||
15 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
16 | (e) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
17 | Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
18 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by | ||||||
19 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
20 | (f) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
21 | Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each | ||||||
22 | school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income | ||||||
23 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
24 | (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general | ||||||
25 | State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as | ||||||
26 | follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | thereafter:
| ||||||
2 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
3 | Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each | ||||||
4 | school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income | ||||||
5 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
6 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
7 | Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each | ||||||
8 | school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 | ||||||
9 | and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all | ||||||
10 | multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
11 | For the 2003-2004 school year, 2004-2005 school year,
| ||||||
12 | 2005-2006 school year, and 2006-2007 school year only, the | ||||||
13 | grant shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school | ||||||
14 | year. For the 2007-2008 school year only, the grant shall
be no
| ||||||
15 | less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by | ||||||
16 | 0.66. For the
2008-2009
school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
17 | less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by | ||||||
18 | 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the | ||||||
19 | contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid | ||||||
20 | grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this | ||||||
21 | subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be | ||||||
22 | prorated.
| ||||||
23 | For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
24 | greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school | ||||||
25 | year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference | ||||||
26 | between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the | ||||||
2 | grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the | ||||||
3 | 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
| ||||||
4 | the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to | ||||||
5 | the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the | ||||||
6 | grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this | ||||||
7 | paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant | ||||||
8 | received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 | ||||||
9 | school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant | ||||||
10 | received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product | ||||||
11 | of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
| ||||||
12 | calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph | ||||||
13 | (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during | ||||||
14 | the 2002-2003
school year.
| ||||||
15 | (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
16 | more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for | ||||||
17 | supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection | ||||||
18 | shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
| ||||||
19 | October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from | ||||||
20 | this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the | ||||||
21 | improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to | ||||||
22 | meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such | ||||||
23 | plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and | ||||||
24 | regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
25 | (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
26 | 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute | ||||||
2 | from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than | ||||||
3 | $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
| ||||||
4 | (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the | ||||||
5 | attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the | ||||||
6 | number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are | ||||||
7 | eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
| ||||||
8 | breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 | ||||||
9 | and under the National
School Lunch Act during the | ||||||
10 | immediately preceding school year.
| ||||||
11 | (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental | ||||||
12 | and general State
aid among attendance centers according to | ||||||
13 | these requirements shall not be
compensated for or | ||||||
14 | contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
| ||||||
15 | appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of | ||||||
16 | Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources | ||||||
17 | in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior | ||||||
18 | to the opening of school.
| ||||||
19 | (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
| ||||||
20 | school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and | ||||||
21 | other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is | ||||||
22 | entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and | ||||||
23 | supplemental general State aid provided
by application of | ||||||
24 | this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
| ||||||
25 | noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided | ||||||
26 | by the school
district to the attendance centers.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that | ||||||
2 | by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
| ||||||
3 | required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers | ||||||
4 | may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district | ||||||
5 | for any lawful school purpose.
| ||||||
6 | (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to | ||||||
7 | this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at | ||||||
8 | the discretion
of the principal and local school council | ||||||
9 | for programs to improve educational
opportunities at | ||||||
10 | qualifying schools through the following programs and
| ||||||
11 | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or | ||||||
12 | improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment | ||||||
13 | programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and | ||||||
14 | other educationally beneficial expenditures which
| ||||||
15 | supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by | ||||||
16 | the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be | ||||||
17 | expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined | ||||||
18 | by board rule.
| ||||||
19 | (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
20 | subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet | ||||||
21 | the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
| ||||||
22 | compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the | ||||||
23 | State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. | ||||||
24 | This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local | ||||||
25 | school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
| ||||||
26 | developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days | ||||||
2 | after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district | ||||||
3 | shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
| ||||||
4 | within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then | ||||||
5 | submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the | ||||||
6 | written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend | ||||||
7 | approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
| ||||||
8 | Board of Education.
| ||||||
9 | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that | ||||||
10 | the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a | ||||||
11 | modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
| ||||||
12 | State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan | ||||||
13 | shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a | ||||||
14 | plan or modified plan is submitted.
| ||||||
15 | If the district fails to distribute State aid to | ||||||
16 | attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the | ||||||
17 | plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in | ||||||
18 | addition to the funds otherwise required by this
| ||||||
19 | subsection, to those attendance centers which were | ||||||
20 | underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to | ||||||
21 | such underfunding.
| ||||||
22 | For purposes of determining compliance with this | ||||||
23 | subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance | ||||||
24 | center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of | ||||||
25 | this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by | ||||||
26 | December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the prior year in addition to any
modification of its | ||||||
2 | current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a | ||||||
3 | failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this | ||||||
4 | subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the | ||||||
5 | State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of | ||||||
6 | receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected | ||||||
7 | local school council. The district shall within
45 days of | ||||||
8 | receipt of that notification inform the State | ||||||
9 | Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective | ||||||
10 | action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current | ||||||
11 | plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the | ||||||
12 | following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report | ||||||
13 | or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a | ||||||
14 | timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected | ||||||
15 | funds.
| ||||||
16 | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and | ||||||
17 | regulations
to implement the provisions of this | ||||||
18 | subsection. No funds shall be released
under this | ||||||
19 | subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a | ||||||
20 | plan
that has been approved by the State Board of | ||||||
21 | Education.
| ||||||
22 | (I) (Blank).
| ||||||
23 | (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
| ||||||
24 | (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination | ||||||
2 | with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for | ||||||
3 | which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than | ||||||
4 | the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that | ||||||
5 | was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of | ||||||
6 | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | ||||||
7 | Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the | ||||||
8 | provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a | ||||||
9 | school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment | ||||||
10 | made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate | ||||||
11 | general State aid in combination with supplemental general
| ||||||
12 | State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to | ||||||
13 | receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount | ||||||
14 | of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was | ||||||
15 | received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of | ||||||
16 | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | ||||||
17 | Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the | ||||||
18 | provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
| ||||||
19 | (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection | ||||||
20 | (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State | ||||||
21 | aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under | ||||||
22 | this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent | ||||||
23 | school
year that in any such school year is less than the | ||||||
24 | amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the | ||||||
25 | district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school | ||||||
26 | district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment | ||||||
2 | that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate | ||||||
3 | State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
| ||||||
4 | (3) (Blank).
| ||||||
5 | (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
| ||||||
6 | In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board | ||||||
7 | of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under | ||||||
8 | this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a | ||||||
9 | regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of | ||||||
10 | Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as | ||||||
11 | it
deems necessary.
| ||||||
12 | As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public | ||||||
13 | school which is
created and operated by a public university and | ||||||
14 | approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board | ||||||
15 | of a public university which receives funds
from the State | ||||||
16 | Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
| ||||||
17 | students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single | ||||||
18 | district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
| ||||||
19 | students, except under a mutual agreement between the school | ||||||
20 | board of a
student's district of residence and the university | ||||||
21 | which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may | ||||||
22 | not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with | ||||||
23 | disabilities in a special education program.
| ||||||
24 | As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a | ||||||
25 | public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of | ||||||
2 | Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
| ||||||
3 | instruction for which credit is given in regular school | ||||||
4 | programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school | ||||||
5 | equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational | ||||||
6 | training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
| ||||||
7 | with a school district or a public community college district | ||||||
8 | to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving | ||||||
9 | more than one educational
service region may be established by | ||||||
10 | the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected | ||||||
11 | educational service regions. An alternative school
serving | ||||||
12 | more than one educational service region may be operated under | ||||||
13 | such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those | ||||||
14 | educational service
regions may agree.
| ||||||
15 | Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms | ||||||
16 | provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual | ||||||
17 | State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
18 | the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average | ||||||
19 | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general | ||||||
20 | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
| ||||||
21 | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as | ||||||
22 | determined under
this Section.
| ||||||
23 | (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
| ||||||
24 | (1) For a school district operating under the financial | ||||||
25 | supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this | ||||||
2 | Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be | ||||||
3 | reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of | ||||||
4 | the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board | ||||||
5 | of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be | ||||||
6 | paid
to the Authority created for such district for its | ||||||
7 | operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The | ||||||
8 | remainder
of general State school aid for any such district | ||||||
9 | shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article | ||||||
10 | provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this | ||||||
11 | Article.
| ||||||
12 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
13 | (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as | ||||||
14 | provided in
Section 18-4.3.
| ||||||
15 | (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
| ||||||
16 | The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this | ||||||
17 | subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. | ||||||
18 | The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the | ||||||
19 | Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The | ||||||
20 | members appointed shall include
representatives of education, | ||||||
21 | business, and the general public. One of the
members so | ||||||
22 | appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the | ||||||
23 | appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The | ||||||
24 | initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after | ||||||
25 | the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the | ||||||
2 | third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the | ||||||
3 | member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 | ||||||
4 | initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who | ||||||
5 | is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that | ||||||
6 | commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on | ||||||
7 | the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, | ||||||
8 | by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
| ||||||
9 | after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their | ||||||
10 | number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
| ||||||
11 | respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of | ||||||
12 | January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that | ||||||
13 | commence
on the date of their respective appointments and | ||||||
14 | expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members | ||||||
15 | appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their | ||||||
16 | respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies | ||||||
17 | shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If | ||||||
18 | a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not | ||||||
19 | in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment | ||||||
20 | until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall | ||||||
21 | appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a | ||||||
22 | person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the | ||||||
23 | Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are | ||||||
24 | made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of | ||||||
25 | vacancies.
| ||||||
26 | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor | ||||||
2 | to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date | ||||||
3 | that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth | ||||||
4 | initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are | ||||||
5 | then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or | ||||||
6 | pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the | ||||||
7 | Governor as in the case of vacancies.
| ||||||
8 | The State Board of Education shall provide such staff | ||||||
9 | assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is | ||||||
10 | reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of | ||||||
11 | its responsibilities.
| ||||||
12 | For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the | ||||||
13 | Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the | ||||||
14 | State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as | ||||||
15 | provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the | ||||||
16 | foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
| ||||||
17 | for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under | ||||||
18 | subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high | ||||||
19 | concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended | ||||||
20 | foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology | ||||||
21 | which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of | ||||||
22 | low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The | ||||||
23 | Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such | ||||||
24 | recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
| ||||||
25 | numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (N) (Blank).
| ||||||
2 | (O) References.
| ||||||
3 | (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
| ||||||
4 | Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and | ||||||
5 | replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to | ||||||
6 | the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the | ||||||
7 | extent that those references remain applicable.
| ||||||
8 | (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall | ||||||
9 | be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid | ||||||
10 | provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
| ||||||
11 | (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent | ||||||
12 | changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on | ||||||
13 | Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act | ||||||
14 | 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last | ||||||
15 | acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is | ||||||
16 | the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, | ||||||
18 | eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; 94-69, | ||||||
19 | eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06; 94-1019, | ||||||
20 | eff. 7-10-06; revised 8-3-06.)
| ||||||
21 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 94-1105 ) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State | ||||||
23 | financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
| ||||||
2 | (A) General Provisions.
| ||||||
3 | (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 | ||||||
4 | and subsequent
school years. The system of general State | ||||||
5 | financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to | ||||||
6 | assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
| ||||||
7 | required local resources, the financial support provided each | ||||||
8 | pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
| ||||||
9 | prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach | ||||||
10 | imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and | ||||||
11 | provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of | ||||||
12 | general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local | ||||||
13 | Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount | ||||||
14 | of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, | ||||||
15 | in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local | ||||||
16 | Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school | ||||||
17 | district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in | ||||||
18 | this
Section.
| ||||||
19 | (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school | ||||||
20 | districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils | ||||||
21 | from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental | ||||||
22 | general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to | ||||||
23 | subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for | ||||||
24 | school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for | ||||||
25 | distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
2 | appropriated under this Section.
| ||||||
3 | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, | ||||||
4 | school districts
are required to file claims with the State | ||||||
5 | Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
| ||||||
6 | (a) Any school district which fails for any given | ||||||
7 | school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to | ||||||
8 | maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for | ||||||
9 | such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In | ||||||
10 | case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in | ||||||
11 | a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, | ||||||
12 | the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the | ||||||
13 | proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the | ||||||
14 | attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
| ||||||
15 | Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" | ||||||
16 | means any
public school which meets the standards as | ||||||
17 | established for recognition
by the State Board of | ||||||
18 | Education. A school district or attendance center
not | ||||||
19 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
20 | entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
21 | claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
| ||||||
22 | (b) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
23 | subject to
Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise | ||||||
24 | provided in this
Section.
| ||||||
25 | (c) If a school district operates a full year school | ||||||
26 | under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district shall be determined
by the State Board of | ||||||
2 | Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be | ||||||
3 | applicable.
| ||||||
4 | (d) (Blank).
| ||||||
5 | (e) School district expenditures are subject to | ||||||
6 | subsection (d-5) of Section 17-1.5 of this Code, if | ||||||
7 | applicable.
| ||||||
8 | (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the | ||||||
9 | board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for | ||||||
10 | in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received | ||||||
11 | for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
| ||||||
12 | School districts are not required to exert a minimum | ||||||
13 | Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under | ||||||
14 | this Section.
| ||||||
15 | (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when | ||||||
16 | capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
| ||||||
17 | (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil | ||||||
18 | attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in | ||||||
19 | subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial | ||||||
20 | support levels.
| ||||||
21 | (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of | ||||||
22 | local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average | ||||||
23 | Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to | ||||||
24 | subsection (D).
| ||||||
25 | (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": | ||||||
26 | Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property | ||||||
2 | tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
| ||||||
3 | amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in | ||||||
4 | connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as | ||||||
5 | amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
| ||||||
6 | (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil | ||||||
7 | financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
| ||||||
8 | (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property | ||||||
9 | taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, | ||||||
10 | Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational | ||||||
11 | Education
Building purposes.
| ||||||
12 | (B) Foundation Level.
| ||||||
13 | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the | ||||||
14 | State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial | ||||||
15 | support that should be available to
provide for the basic | ||||||
16 | education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set | ||||||
17 | forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
| ||||||
18 | a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with | ||||||
19 | the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the | ||||||
20 | district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are | ||||||
21 | available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the | ||||||
22 | district.
| ||||||
23 | (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
24 | support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the | ||||||
25 | Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the | ||||||
2 | 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation | ||||||
3 | Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the | ||||||
4 | Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
5 | year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the | ||||||
6 | 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is | ||||||
7 | $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of | ||||||
8 | support is $5,334.
| ||||||
9 | (3) For the 2007-2008
2006-2007 school year and each school | ||||||
10 | year thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,058
| ||||||
11 | $5,334 or such greater amount as
may be established by law by | ||||||
12 | the General Assembly.
| ||||||
13 | (C) Average Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
14 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
15 | to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be | ||||||
16 | utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
| ||||||
17 | calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual | ||||||
18 | number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as | ||||||
19 | further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for | ||||||
20 | each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number | ||||||
21 | of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board | ||||||
22 | of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, | ||||||
23 | conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection | ||||||
24 | (F).
| ||||||
25 | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the | ||||||
2 | school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which | ||||||
3 | general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the | ||||||
4 | attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is | ||||||
5 | greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in | ||||||
6 | subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
| ||||||
7 | school year immediately preceding the school year for which | ||||||
8 | general
State aid is being calculated.
| ||||||
9 | (D) Available Local Resources.
| ||||||
10 | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant | ||||||
11 | to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local | ||||||
12 | Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in | ||||||
13 | this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources | ||||||
14 | per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing | ||||||
15 | local school district revenues from local property
taxes and | ||||||
16 | from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed | ||||||
17 | on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation | ||||||
18 | of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty | ||||||
19 | funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
| ||||||
20 | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local | ||||||
21 | property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the | ||||||
22 | equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each | ||||||
23 | school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The | ||||||
24 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and | ||||||
25 | determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
2 | through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be | ||||||
3 | calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
| ||||||
4 | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by | ||||||
5 | the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school | ||||||
6 | districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
| ||||||
7 | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the | ||||||
8 | product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the | ||||||
9 | district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's | ||||||
10 | Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts | ||||||
11 | maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues | ||||||
12 | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
13 | of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the | ||||||
14 | district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
| ||||||
15 | For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to | ||||||
16 | Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil | ||||||
17 | shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed | ||||||
18 | valuation for property within the elementary and high school | ||||||
19 | classification of the partial elementary unit district | ||||||
20 | multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the Average Daily Attendance | ||||||
21 | figure for grades kindergarten through 8, plus the product of | ||||||
22 | the equalized assessed valuation for property within the high | ||||||
23 | school only classification of the partial elementary unit | ||||||
24 | district multiplied by 0.94% and divided by the Average Daily | ||||||
25 | Attendance figure for grades 9 through 12.
| ||||||
26 | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before | ||||||
2 | the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the | ||||||
3 | Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be | ||||||
4 | added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived | ||||||
5 | by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). | ||||||
6 | The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district | ||||||
7 | shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is | ||||||
8 | utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State | ||||||
9 | aid.
| ||||||
10 | (E) Computation of General State Aid.
| ||||||
11 | (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid | ||||||
12 | allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State | ||||||
13 | Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
| ||||||
14 | (2) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
15 | Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the | ||||||
16 | Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be | ||||||
17 | calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus | ||||||
18 | Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
| ||||||
19 | Attendance of the school district.
| ||||||
20 | (3) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
21 | Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of | ||||||
22 | 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of | ||||||
23 | 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per | ||||||
24 | pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level | ||||||
25 | derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in | ||||||
2 | direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for | ||||||
3 | a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the | ||||||
4 | product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the | ||||||
5 | Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local | ||||||
6 | Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation | ||||||
7 | Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts | ||||||
8 | subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general | ||||||
9 | State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily | ||||||
10 | Attendance of the school
district.
| ||||||
11 | (4) For any school district for which Available Local | ||||||
12 | Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times | ||||||
13 | the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school | ||||||
14 | district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied | ||||||
15 | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
| ||||||
16 | (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school | ||||||
17 | district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements | ||||||
18 | set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased | ||||||
19 | by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have | ||||||
20 | been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
| ||||||
21 | utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed | ||||||
22 | Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less | ||||||
23 | the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. | ||||||
24 | This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
| ||||||
25 | affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
2 | (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, | ||||||
3 | submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by | ||||||
4 | the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school | ||||||
5 | year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance | ||||||
6 | information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily | ||||||
7 | attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning | ||||||
8 | with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
| ||||||
9 | year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as | ||||||
10 | provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph | ||||||
11 | (1).
| ||||||
12 | (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
| ||||||
13 | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
14 | September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
15 | to the month of May.
| ||||||
16 | (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round | ||||||
17 | classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be | ||||||
18 | added to the month
of September and any days of attendance | ||||||
19 | in June shall be added to
the month of May.
| ||||||
20 | (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, | ||||||
21 | hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, | ||||||
22 | days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of | ||||||
23 | September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added | ||||||
24 | to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the | ||||||
25 | year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in | ||||||
26 | subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average | ||||||
2 | daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
| ||||||
3 | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round | ||||||
4 | buildings
for each month and added to the monthly | ||||||
5 | attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
| ||||||
6 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
| ||||||
7 | attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not | ||||||
8 | less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct | ||||||
9 | supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or | ||||||
10 | volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and | ||||||
11 | supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of | ||||||
12 | Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils | ||||||
13 | of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through | ||||||
14 | 12.
| ||||||
15 | Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited | ||||||
16 | only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized | ||||||
17 | school.
| ||||||
18 | (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
19 | of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the | ||||||
20 | compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
| ||||||
21 | (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for | ||||||
22 | only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis | ||||||
23 | of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 | ||||||
24 | minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
| ||||||
25 | unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | ||||||
26 | minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of | ||||||
2 | school work completed each day to the minimum number of
| ||||||
3 | minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
| ||||||
4 | (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
5 | on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the | ||||||
6 | first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days | ||||||
7 | utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
| ||||||
8 | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
9 | as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional | ||||||
10 | superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent | ||||||
11 | of Education to the extent that the
district has been | ||||||
12 | forced to use daily multiple sessions.
| ||||||
13 | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted | ||||||
14 | as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school | ||||||
15 | day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is | ||||||
16 | utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, | ||||||
17 | up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a | ||||||
18 | maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
| ||||||
19 | parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts | ||||||
20 | an in-service
training program for teachers which has been | ||||||
21 | approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in | ||||||
22 | lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which | ||||||
23 | event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; | ||||||
24 | and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) | ||||||
25 | are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
| ||||||
26 | improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, | ||||||
2 | provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours | ||||||
3 | are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
| ||||||
4 | remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur | ||||||
5 | are utilized
for in-service training programs or other | ||||||
6 | staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a | ||||||
7 | sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
| ||||||
8 | direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days | ||||||
9 | between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate | ||||||
10 | not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions | ||||||
11 | of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any | ||||||
12 | full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not | ||||||
13 | be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days | ||||||
14 | scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff | ||||||
15 | development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may | ||||||
16 | be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and | ||||||
17 | different attendance centers of the district.
| ||||||
18 | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of | ||||||
19 | teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by | ||||||
20 | telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of | ||||||
21 | attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more | ||||||
22 | clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of | ||||||
23 | attendance.
| ||||||
24 | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted | ||||||
25 | as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils | ||||||
26 | in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in | ||||||
2 | kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
| ||||||
3 | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the | ||||||
4 | age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours | ||||||
5 | because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not | ||||||
6 | less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of | ||||||
7 | attendance; however for such children whose educational | ||||||
8 | needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be | ||||||
9 | counted as a full day of attendance.
| ||||||
10 | (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only | ||||||
11 | 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more | ||||||
12 | than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, | ||||||
13 | kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 | ||||||
14 | consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
| ||||||
15 | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the | ||||||
16 | pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from | ||||||
17 | school, unless the school district
obtains permission in | ||||||
18 | writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
| ||||||
19 | Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of | ||||||
20 | attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as | ||||||
21 | attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of | ||||||
22 | attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in | ||||||
23 | case of children who entered the kindergarten in their | ||||||
24 | fifth year
whose educational development requires a second | ||||||
25 | year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and | ||||||
26 | regulations of the State Board of Education.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement | ||||||
2 | Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of | ||||||
3 | Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a | ||||||
4 | pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate | ||||||
5 | required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours | ||||||
6 | and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil | ||||||
7 | attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, | ||||||
8 | provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work | ||||||
9 | in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other | ||||||
10 | school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on | ||||||
11 | the examination days.
| ||||||
12 | (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
| ||||||
13 | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
14 | Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board | ||||||
15 | of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the | ||||||
16 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
| ||||||
17 | all taxable property of every school district, together with | ||||||
18 | (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the | ||||||
19 | funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
| ||||||
20 | and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to | ||||||
21 | property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
| ||||||
22 | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
23 | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized | ||||||
24 | assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district | ||||||
25 | situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subject to the alternative general homestead exemption | ||||||
2 | provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
an | ||||||
3 | amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead | ||||||
4 | exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
5 | for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the | ||||||
6 | total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school | ||||||
7 | district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) | ||||||
8 | $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax | ||||||
9 | year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and | ||||||
10 | thereafter and (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for | ||||||
11 | the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section | ||||||
12 | 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household | ||||||
13 | income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that | ||||||
14 | is or was subject to the alternative general homestead | ||||||
15 | exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
16 | shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of | ||||||
17 | Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption | ||||||
18 | amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all | ||||||
19 | amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
20 | Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 | ||||||
21 | or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general | ||||||
22 | homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined | ||||||
23 | under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than | ||||||
24 | Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local | ||||||
25 | Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, | ||||||
26 | between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the | ||||||
2 | Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
3 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property | ||||||
4 | been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. | ||||||
5 | It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional | ||||||
6 | exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
7 | Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, | ||||||
8 | then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be | ||||||
9 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional | ||||||
10 | exemptions.
| ||||||
11 | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by | ||||||
12 | the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the | ||||||
13 | calculation of Available Local
Resources.
| ||||||
14 | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall | ||||||
15 | be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
| ||||||
16 | (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under | ||||||
17 | this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district | ||||||
18 | within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a | ||||||
19 | municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation | ||||||
20 | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
| ||||||
21 | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 | ||||||
22 | of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs | ||||||
23 | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the | ||||||
24 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
| ||||||
25 | assessed valuation of real property located in any such | ||||||
26 | project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such | ||||||
2 | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
| ||||||
3 | valuation of the district, until such time as all
| ||||||
4 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in | ||||||
5 | Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation | ||||||
6 | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the | ||||||
7 | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the | ||||||
8 | equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total | ||||||
9 | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
| ||||||
10 | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
11 | used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
12 | have been paid.
| ||||||
13 | (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for | ||||||
14 | a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the | ||||||
15 | real property
value as equalized or assessed by the | ||||||
16 | Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed | ||||||
17 | by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under | ||||||
18 | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a | ||||||
19 | district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by | ||||||
20 | 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten | ||||||
21 | through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 | ||||||
22 | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
| ||||||
23 | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) | ||||||
24 | of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
25 | percentage rates for district type as
specified in this | ||||||
26 | subparagraph (b).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year | ||||||
2 | thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of | ||||||
3 | this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local | ||||||
4 | Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the | ||||||
5 | district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
6 | as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
| ||||||
7 | For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms | ||||||
8 | shall have
the following meanings:
| ||||||
9 | "Budget Year": The school year for which general State | ||||||
10 | aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
| ||||||
11 | "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to | ||||||
12 | calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
| ||||||
13 | "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year | ||||||
14 | immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
| ||||||
15 | "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the | ||||||
16 | equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk | ||||||
17 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as | ||||||
18 | calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property | ||||||
19 | Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
| ||||||
20 | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of | ||||||
21 | the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County | ||||||
22 | Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating | ||||||
23 | Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
| ||||||
24 | "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, | ||||||
25 | certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is | ||||||
26 | the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
| ||||||
2 | "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined | ||||||
3 | in subsection (A).
| ||||||
4 | If a school district is subject to property tax extension | ||||||
5 | limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
6 | Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate | ||||||
7 | the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that | ||||||
8 | district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension | ||||||
9 | Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
| ||||||
10 | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to | ||||||
11 | the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
12 | and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the | ||||||
13 | 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the | ||||||
14 | Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school | ||||||
15 | district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be | ||||||
16 | equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last | ||||||
17 | used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's | ||||||
18 | Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
| ||||||
19 | Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated | ||||||
20 | under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's | ||||||
21 | equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to | ||||||
22 | subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating | ||||||
23 | the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant | ||||||
24 | to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized | ||||||
25 | Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
| ||||||
26 | district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance | ||||||
2 | with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the | ||||||
3 | adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year | ||||||
4 | following the effective date of the reorganization.
| ||||||
5 | (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for | ||||||
6 | the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district | ||||||
7 | experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed | ||||||
8 | valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid | ||||||
9 | apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
| ||||||
10 | Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized | ||||||
11 | Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the | ||||||
12 | district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal | ||||||
13 | the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
| ||||||
14 | calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and | ||||||
15 | the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension | ||||||
16 | Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district | ||||||
17 | as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the | ||||||
18 | district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in | ||||||
19 | calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid | ||||||
20 | allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's | ||||||
21 | general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
| ||||||
22 | that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall | ||||||
23 | be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local | ||||||
24 | Resources.
| ||||||
25 | (5) For school districts having a majority of their | ||||||
26 | equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State | ||||||
2 | aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school | ||||||
3 | year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
| ||||||
4 | this Section is less than the amount of general State aid | ||||||
5 | allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under | ||||||
6 | these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district | ||||||
7 | for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the | ||||||
8 | difference between these amounts. The total payments made under | ||||||
9 | this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall | ||||||
10 | be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
| ||||||
11 | (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
| ||||||
12 | (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district | ||||||
13 | is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school | ||||||
14 | districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a | ||||||
15 | district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental | ||||||
16 | general State aid based upon the concentration level of | ||||||
17 | children
from low-income households within the school | ||||||
18 | district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school | ||||||
19 | districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for | ||||||
20 | distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item | ||||||
21 | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is | ||||||
22 | appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any | ||||||
23 | fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general | ||||||
24 | State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the | ||||||
25 | general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure | ||||||
2 | that
each school district receives the full amount due for | ||||||
3 | general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall | ||||||
4 | be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State | ||||||
5 | Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible | ||||||
6 | districts on a prorated basis.
| ||||||
7 | (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school | ||||||
8 | years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
| ||||||
9 | subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
10 | shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most | ||||||
11 | recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily | ||||||
12 | Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the | ||||||
13 | percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in | ||||||
14 | the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district | ||||||
15 | with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the | ||||||
16 | percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
17 | of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries | ||||||
18 | are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high | ||||||
19 | school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
| ||||||
20 | school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the | ||||||
21 | high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most | ||||||
22 | recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count | ||||||
23 | and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income | ||||||
24 | eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school | ||||||
25 | districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal | ||||||
26 | censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number | ||||||
2 | used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school | ||||||
3 | district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made | ||||||
4 | to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
| ||||||
5 | supplemental general State aid
grants for school years | ||||||
6 | preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal | ||||||
7 | year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in | ||||||
8 | fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to | ||||||
9 | subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
| ||||||
10 | repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is | ||||||
11 | affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of | ||||||
12 | its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in | ||||||
13 | any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
| ||||||
14 | affected by any other funding.
| ||||||
15 | (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 | ||||||
16 | school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of | ||||||
17 | this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" | ||||||
18 | shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil | ||||||
19 | count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as | ||||||
20 | determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the | ||||||
21 | number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the | ||||||
22 | following
low income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health | ||||||
23 | Insurance Program,
KidCare, TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding | ||||||
24 | pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department
| ||||||
25 | of Children and Family Services,
averaged over
the 2 | ||||||
26 | immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year 2004 and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each fiscal | ||||||
2 | year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance of the | ||||||
3 | school district.
| ||||||
4 | (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
5 | subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, | ||||||
6 | 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
| ||||||
7 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
8 | Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
9 | grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the | ||||||
10 | low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
11 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
12 | Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
13 | grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 | ||||||
14 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
15 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
16 | Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
17 | grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 | ||||||
18 | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
19 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
20 | Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the | ||||||
21 | 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low | ||||||
22 | income eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
23 | (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount | ||||||
24 | specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately | ||||||
25 | above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, | ||||||
26 | respectively.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil | ||||||
2 | amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) | ||||||
3 | immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, | ||||||
4 | respectively.
| ||||||
5 | (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this | ||||||
6 | subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 | ||||||
7 | school year:
| ||||||
8 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
9 | Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each | ||||||
10 | school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income | ||||||
11 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
12 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
13 | Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the | ||||||
14 | grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the | ||||||
15 | low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
16 | (c) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
17 | Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the | ||||||
18 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by | ||||||
19 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
20 | (d) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
21 | Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the | ||||||
22 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by | ||||||
23 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
24 | (e) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
25 | Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the | ||||||
26 | grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the low income eligible pupil
count.
| ||||||
2 | (f) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
3 | Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each | ||||||
4 | school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income | ||||||
5 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
6 | (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general | ||||||
7 | State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as | ||||||
8 | follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year | ||||||
9 | thereafter:
| ||||||
10 | (a) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
11 | Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each | ||||||
12 | school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income | ||||||
13 | eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
14 | (b) For any school district with a Low Income | ||||||
15 | Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each | ||||||
16 | school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 | ||||||
17 | and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all | ||||||
18 | multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
| ||||||
19 | For the 2003-2004 school year, 2004-2005 school year,
| ||||||
20 | 2005-2006 school year, and 2006-2007 school year only, the | ||||||
21 | grant shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school | ||||||
22 | year. For the 2007-2008 school year only, the grant shall
be no
| ||||||
23 | less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by | ||||||
24 | 0.66. For the
2008-2009
school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
25 | less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by | ||||||
26 | 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid | ||||||
2 | grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this | ||||||
3 | subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be | ||||||
4 | prorated.
| ||||||
5 | For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no | ||||||
6 | greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school | ||||||
7 | year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference | ||||||
8 | between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) | ||||||
9 | of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the | ||||||
10 | grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the | ||||||
11 | 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
| ||||||
12 | the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to | ||||||
13 | the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the | ||||||
14 | grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this | ||||||
15 | paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant | ||||||
16 | received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 | ||||||
17 | school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant | ||||||
18 | received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product | ||||||
19 | of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
| ||||||
20 | calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph | ||||||
21 | (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during | ||||||
22 | the 2002-2003
school year.
| ||||||
23 | (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
24 | more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for | ||||||
25 | supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection | ||||||
26 | shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from | ||||||
2 | this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the | ||||||
3 | improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to | ||||||
4 | meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such | ||||||
5 | plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and | ||||||
6 | regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
7 | (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
8 | 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid | ||||||
9 | pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute | ||||||
10 | from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than | ||||||
11 | $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
| ||||||
12 | (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the | ||||||
13 | attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the | ||||||
14 | number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are | ||||||
15 | eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
| ||||||
16 | breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 | ||||||
17 | and under the National
School Lunch Act during the | ||||||
18 | immediately preceding school year.
| ||||||
19 | (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental | ||||||
20 | and general State
aid among attendance centers according to | ||||||
21 | these requirements shall not be
compensated for or | ||||||
22 | contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
| ||||||
23 | appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of | ||||||
24 | Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources | ||||||
25 | in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior | ||||||
26 | to the opening of school.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
| ||||||
2 | school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and | ||||||
3 | other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is | ||||||
4 | entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and | ||||||
5 | supplemental general State aid provided
by application of | ||||||
6 | this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
| ||||||
7 | noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided | ||||||
8 | by the school
district to the attendance centers.
| ||||||
9 | (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that | ||||||
10 | by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
| ||||||
11 | required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers | ||||||
12 | may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district | ||||||
13 | for any lawful school purpose.
| ||||||
14 | (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to | ||||||
15 | this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at | ||||||
16 | the discretion
of the principal and local school council | ||||||
17 | for programs to improve educational
opportunities at | ||||||
18 | qualifying schools through the following programs and
| ||||||
19 | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or | ||||||
20 | improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment | ||||||
21 | programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and | ||||||
22 | other educationally beneficial expenditures which
| ||||||
23 | supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by | ||||||
24 | the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be | ||||||
25 | expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined | ||||||
26 | by board rule.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this | ||||||
2 | subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet | ||||||
3 | the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
| ||||||
4 | compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the | ||||||
5 | State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. | ||||||
6 | This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local | ||||||
7 | school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
| ||||||
8 | developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The | ||||||
9 | State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days | ||||||
10 | after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district | ||||||
11 | shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
| ||||||
12 | within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then | ||||||
13 | submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the | ||||||
14 | written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend | ||||||
15 | approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
| ||||||
16 | Board of Education.
| ||||||
17 | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that | ||||||
18 | the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a | ||||||
19 | modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
| ||||||
20 | State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan | ||||||
21 | shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a | ||||||
22 | plan or modified plan is submitted.
| ||||||
23 | If the district fails to distribute State aid to | ||||||
24 | attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the | ||||||
25 | plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in | ||||||
26 | addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection, to those attendance centers which were | ||||||
2 | underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to | ||||||
3 | such underfunding.
| ||||||
4 | For purposes of determining compliance with this | ||||||
5 | subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance | ||||||
6 | center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of | ||||||
7 | this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by | ||||||
8 | December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for | ||||||
9 | the prior year in addition to any
modification of its | ||||||
10 | current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a | ||||||
11 | failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this | ||||||
12 | subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the | ||||||
13 | State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of | ||||||
14 | receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected | ||||||
15 | local school council. The district shall within
45 days of | ||||||
16 | receipt of that notification inform the State | ||||||
17 | Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective | ||||||
18 | action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current | ||||||
19 | plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the | ||||||
20 | following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report | ||||||
21 | or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a | ||||||
22 | timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected | ||||||
23 | funds.
| ||||||
24 | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and | ||||||
25 | regulations
to implement the provisions of this | ||||||
26 | subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a | ||||||
2 | plan
that has been approved by the State Board of | ||||||
3 | Education.
| ||||||
4 | (I) (Blank).
| ||||||
5 | (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
| ||||||
6 | (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, | ||||||
7 | the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination | ||||||
8 | with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for | ||||||
9 | which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than | ||||||
10 | the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that | ||||||
11 | was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of | ||||||
12 | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | ||||||
13 | Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the | ||||||
14 | provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a | ||||||
15 | school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment | ||||||
16 | made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate | ||||||
17 | general State aid in combination with supplemental general
| ||||||
18 | State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to | ||||||
19 | receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount | ||||||
20 | of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was | ||||||
21 | received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of | ||||||
22 | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that | ||||||
23 | Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the | ||||||
24 | provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection | ||||||
2 | (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State | ||||||
3 | aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under | ||||||
4 | this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent | ||||||
5 | school
year that in any such school year is less than the | ||||||
6 | amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the | ||||||
7 | district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school | ||||||
8 | district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made | ||||||
9 | for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment | ||||||
10 | that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate | ||||||
11 | State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
| ||||||
12 | (3) (Blank).
| ||||||
13 | (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
| ||||||
14 | In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board | ||||||
15 | of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under | ||||||
16 | this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a | ||||||
17 | regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of | ||||||
18 | Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as | ||||||
19 | it
deems necessary.
| ||||||
20 | As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public | ||||||
21 | school which is
created and operated by a public university and | ||||||
22 | approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board | ||||||
23 | of a public university which receives funds
from the State | ||||||
24 | Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
| ||||||
25 | students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
| ||||||
2 | students, except under a mutual agreement between the school | ||||||
3 | board of a
student's district of residence and the university | ||||||
4 | which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may | ||||||
5 | not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with | ||||||
6 | disabilities in a special education program.
| ||||||
7 | As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a | ||||||
8 | public school which is
created and operated by a Regional | ||||||
9 | Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
| ||||||
11 | instruction for which credit is given in regular school | ||||||
12 | programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school | ||||||
13 | equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational | ||||||
14 | training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
| ||||||
15 | with a school district or a public community college district | ||||||
16 | to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving | ||||||
17 | more than one educational
service region may be established by | ||||||
18 | the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected | ||||||
19 | educational service regions. An alternative school
serving | ||||||
20 | more than one educational service region may be operated under | ||||||
21 | such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those | ||||||
22 | educational service
regions may agree.
| ||||||
23 | Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms | ||||||
24 | provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual | ||||||
25 | State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of | ||||||
26 | the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general | ||||||
2 | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
| ||||||
3 | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as | ||||||
4 | determined under
this Section.
| ||||||
5 | (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
| ||||||
6 | (1) For a school district operating under the financial | ||||||
7 | supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the | ||||||
8 | general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this | ||||||
9 | Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be | ||||||
10 | reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of | ||||||
11 | the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board | ||||||
12 | of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be | ||||||
13 | paid
to the Authority created for such district for its | ||||||
14 | operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The | ||||||
15 | remainder
of general State school aid for any such district | ||||||
16 | shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article | ||||||
17 | provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this | ||||||
18 | Article.
| ||||||
19 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
20 | (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as | ||||||
21 | provided in
Section 18-4.3.
| ||||||
22 | (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
| ||||||
23 | The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this | ||||||
24 | subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the | ||||||
2 | Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The | ||||||
3 | members appointed shall include
representatives of education, | ||||||
4 | business, and the general public. One of the
members so | ||||||
5 | appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the | ||||||
6 | appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The | ||||||
7 | initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after | ||||||
8 | the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular | ||||||
9 | term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the | ||||||
10 | third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the | ||||||
11 | member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 | ||||||
12 | initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who | ||||||
13 | is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that | ||||||
14 | commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on | ||||||
15 | the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, | ||||||
16 | by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
| ||||||
17 | after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their | ||||||
18 | number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
| ||||||
19 | respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of | ||||||
20 | January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that | ||||||
21 | commence
on the date of their respective appointments and | ||||||
22 | expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members | ||||||
23 | appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their | ||||||
24 | respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies | ||||||
25 | shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If | ||||||
26 | a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment | ||||||
2 | until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall | ||||||
3 | appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a | ||||||
4 | person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the | ||||||
5 | Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are | ||||||
6 | made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of | ||||||
7 | vacancies.
| ||||||
8 | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed | ||||||
9 | established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor | ||||||
10 | to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date | ||||||
11 | that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth | ||||||
12 | initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are | ||||||
13 | then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or | ||||||
14 | pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the | ||||||
15 | Governor as in the case of vacancies.
| ||||||
16 | The State Board of Education shall provide such staff | ||||||
17 | assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is | ||||||
18 | reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of | ||||||
19 | its responsibilities.
| ||||||
20 | For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the | ||||||
21 | Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the | ||||||
22 | State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as | ||||||
23 | provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the | ||||||
24 | foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
| ||||||
25 | for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under | ||||||
26 | subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended | ||||||
2 | foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology | ||||||
3 | which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of | ||||||
4 | low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The | ||||||
5 | Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such | ||||||
6 | recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
| ||||||
7 | numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
| ||||||
8 | (N) (Blank).
| ||||||
9 | (O) References.
| ||||||
10 | (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
| ||||||
11 | Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and | ||||||
12 | replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to | ||||||
13 | the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the | ||||||
14 | extent that those references remain applicable.
| ||||||
15 | (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall | ||||||
16 | be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid | ||||||
17 | provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
| ||||||
18 | (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent | ||||||
19 | changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on | ||||||
20 | Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act | ||||||
21 | 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last | ||||||
22 | acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is | ||||||
23 | the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, | ||||||
2 | eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; 94-69, | ||||||
3 | eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06; 94-1019, | ||||||
4 | eff. 7-10-06; 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07; revised 2-18-07.)
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/18-17) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-17)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 18-17. The State Board of Education shall provide the | ||||||
7 | loan of
secular textbooks listed for use by the State Board of | ||||||
8 | Education free of charge
to any student in this State who is | ||||||
9 | enrolled in grades kindergarten through 12
at a public school ,
| ||||||
10 | or at a school other than a public school which is in
| ||||||
11 | compliance with the compulsory attendance laws of this State | ||||||
12 | and Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and is recognized | ||||||
13 | by the State Board of Education in accordance with Section | ||||||
14 | 2-3.25o of this Code, or at a residential school operated by | ||||||
15 | the Department of Human Services under Section 10 of the | ||||||
16 | Disabled Persons Rehabilitation Act or the Department of | ||||||
17 | Juvenile Justice under Article 2.5 of Chapter III of the | ||||||
18 | Unified Code of Corrections . The foregoing service shall be | ||||||
19 | provided directly
to the students at their request or at the | ||||||
20 | request of their parents or
guardians. | ||||||
21 |
The goal of the loan program shall be to ensure that, | ||||||
22 | insofar as possible, all students have access to textbooks that | ||||||
23 | are no more than 6 years old on average in public schools for | ||||||
24 | the teaching and learning of science, social sciences, physical | ||||||
25 | development and health, and social and emotional learning. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Each fiscal year's appropriation for the loan of secular | ||||||
2 | textbooks under this Section shall be designated for use in | ||||||
3 | specific grade levels, in accordance with the following | ||||||
4 | replacement cycle: | ||||||
5 | (1) Grades 9 through 12 in Fiscal Year 2008. | ||||||
6 | (2) Grades kindergarten through 4 in Fiscal Year 2009. | ||||||
7 | (3) Grades 5 through 8 in Fiscal Year 2010. | ||||||
8 | (4) Thereafter, beginning with Fiscal Year 2011, the | ||||||
9 | replacement cycle shall be repeated. | ||||||
10 | Each school district shall maintain an average textbook age | ||||||
11 | of 6 years or less for each grade level served; provided that | ||||||
12 | (i) school districts are not required to meet the average | ||||||
13 | textbook age for a given grade level until the end of the first | ||||||
14 | school year during which replacement is available in accordance | ||||||
15 | with the replacement schedule provided in this Section, and | ||||||
16 | (ii) school districts that make adequate yearly progress under | ||||||
17 | Section 2-3.25a of this Code for each of the 3 preceding school | ||||||
18 | years are exempt from this requirement.
| ||||||
19 | The State Board of Education shall adopt appropriate | ||||||
20 | regulations
to administer this Section and to facilitate the | ||||||
21 | equitable participation
of all students eligible for benefits | ||||||
22 | hereunder, including provisions
authorizing the exchange, | ||||||
23 | trade or transfer of loaned secular textbooks
between schools | ||||||
24 | or school districts for students enrolled in such schools
or | ||||||
25 | districts. The bonding requirements of Sections 28-1 and 28-2 | ||||||
26 | of this Code do not apply to the loan of secular textbooks |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under this Section. After secular textbooks have been on loan | ||||||
2 | under this
Section for a period of 5 years or more, such | ||||||
3 | textbooks may be disposed of
by school districts in such manner | ||||||
4 | as their respective school
boards shall determine following | ||||||
5 | written notification to the State Board
of Education and | ||||||
6 | expiration of a reasonable waiting period not to exceed 30
| ||||||
7 | days. Loaned textbooks may not be disposed of out-of-State or | ||||||
8 | sold without
the prior approval of the State Board of | ||||||
9 | Education.
| ||||||
10 | As used in this Section in the context of items eligible to | ||||||
11 | be loaned , "textbook" means any book or book substitute
which a | ||||||
12 | pupil uses as a text or text substitute in a particular class | ||||||
13 | or
program. It shall include books, reusable workbooks, | ||||||
14 | manuals, whether bound
or in loose leaf form, and instructional | ||||||
15 | computer software, intended as a
principal source of study | ||||||
16 | material for a given class or group of students.
"Textbook" | ||||||
17 | also includes science curriculum materials in a kit format
that | ||||||
18 | includes pre-packaged consumable materials if (i) it is shown | ||||||
19 | that
the materials serve as a textbook substitute, (ii) the | ||||||
20 | materials are for use by
pupils as a principal learning | ||||||
21 | resource, (iii) each component of the
materials is integrally | ||||||
22 | necessary to teach the requirements of the intended
course, | ||||||
23 | (iv) the kit includes teacher guidance materials, and (v) the
| ||||||
24 | purchase of individual consumable materials is not allowed. | ||||||
25 | Software licensing fees are allowed under this Section for | ||||||
26 | licenses of 5 years or greater.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The State Board of Education shall, by rule, specify those | ||||||
2 | items included in the definition of "textbook" in this Section | ||||||
3 | that must be included in each school district's calculation of | ||||||
4 | the average textbook age.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 93-212, eff. 7-18-03; 94-927, eff. 1-1-07.)
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/21-27)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 21-27. The Illinois Teaching Excellence Program. The | ||||||
8 | Illinois
Teaching
Excellence Program is hereby established to | ||||||
9 | provide categorical funding for
monetary
incentives and | ||||||
10 | bonuses for teachers and school counselors who are employed by | ||||||
11 | school districts and
who hold a
Master Certificate. The State | ||||||
12 | Board of Education shall allocate and distribute
to each
school | ||||||
13 | district an amount as annually appropriated by the General | ||||||
14 | Assembly
from federal funds for the
Illinois Teaching | ||||||
15 | Excellence Program. The State Board of Education's annual | ||||||
16 | budget must set out by separate line item the appropriation for | ||||||
17 | the program. Unless otherwise provided by
appropriation, each
| ||||||
18 | school district's annual allocation shall be the sum of the | ||||||
19 | amounts earned for
the
following incentives and bonuses:
| ||||||
20 | (1) An annual payment of $3,000 to be paid to (A) each
| ||||||
21 | teacher
who
successfully completes the program leading to | ||||||
22 | and who receives a Master
Certificate and is employed as a | ||||||
23 | teacher by a school district and (B) each school counselor | ||||||
24 | who successfully completes the program leading to and who | ||||||
25 | receives a Master Certificate and is employed as a school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | counselor by a school district. The school
district shall
| ||||||
2 | distribute this payment to each eligible teacher or school | ||||||
3 | counselor
as a single payment or in not more than 3 | ||||||
4 | payments.
| ||||||
5 | (2) An annual incentive equal to $1,000 shall be paid | ||||||
6 | to
each teacher
who
holds a Master Certificate, who is | ||||||
7 | employed as a teacher by a school
district, and who
agrees,
| ||||||
8 | in writing, to provide 60 hours of mentoring during that | ||||||
9 | year to classroom
teachers. This mentoring may include, | ||||||
10 | either singly or in combination, (i)
providing high quality | ||||||
11 | professional development for new and experienced
teachers,
| ||||||
12 | and (ii) assisting National Board for Professional | ||||||
13 | Teaching Standards (NBPTS)
candidates through the NBPTS | ||||||
14 | certification process. The school district shall
| ||||||
15 | distribute 50% of each annual incentive payment upon | ||||||
16 | completion of 30 hours of
the required mentoring and the | ||||||
17 | remaining 50% of the incentive upon completion
of the | ||||||
18 | required 60 hours of mentoring. Credit may not be granted | ||||||
19 | by a school
district for mentoring or related services | ||||||
20 | provided during a regular school day
or
during the total | ||||||
21 | number of days of required service for the school year.
| ||||||
22 | (3) An annual incentive equal to $3,000 shall be paid | ||||||
23 | to
each teacher who
holds a Master Certificate, who is | ||||||
24 | employed as a teacher by a school
district, and who
agrees,
| ||||||
25 | in writing, to provide 60 hours of mentoring during that | ||||||
26 | year to classroom
teachers in schools on academic early |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | warning status or in
schools
in which 50% or more of the | ||||||
2 | students receive free or reduced price lunches, or
both.
| ||||||
3 | The school district shall distribute 50% of each annual | ||||||
4 | incentive
payment upon completion of 30 hours of the | ||||||
5 | required mentoring and the
remaining 50% of the incentive | ||||||
6 | upon completion of the required 60 hours of
mentoring. | ||||||
7 | Credit may not be granted by a school district for | ||||||
8 | mentoring or
related services provided during a regular | ||||||
9 | school day or during the total
number of
days of required | ||||||
10 | service for the school year.
| ||||||
11 | (4) Subject to appropriation, a one-time incentive | ||||||
12 | equal to the application fee expense for National Board for | ||||||
13 | Professional Teaching Standards certification for a group | ||||||
14 | of 3 or more teachers from the same targeted intervention | ||||||
15 | school, as specified in Section 2-3.25p of this Code, who | ||||||
16 | undertake to achieve Master Certification and an | ||||||
17 | additional one-time incentive of $1,000 for each teacher | ||||||
18 | when all teachers in the group receive a Master | ||||||
19 | Certificate.
Subject to appropriations for this purpose, | ||||||
20 | the State Board of Education may make grants to | ||||||
21 | organizations to provide outreach and support services to | ||||||
22 | assist teachers in receiving a Master Certificate.
| ||||||
23 | Each regional superintendent of schools shall provide | ||||||
24 | information
about the Master Certificate Program of the | ||||||
25 | National Board for Professional
Teaching Standards (NBPTS) and | ||||||
26 | this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly
to each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | individual
seeking
to register or renew a certificate under | ||||||
2 | Section 21-14 of this Code.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-470, eff. 8-8-03; 94-105, eff. 7-1-05; 94-901, | ||||||
4 | eff. 6-22-06.)
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/22-45 new)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 22-45. Illinois Education Roundtable. | ||||||
7 | (a) There is created the Illinois Education Roundtable. The | ||||||
8 | Illinois Education Roundtable may include the following | ||||||
9 | members: | ||||||
10 | (1) The Governor or his or her designee. | ||||||
11 | (2) Two members of the House of Representatives, one | ||||||
12 | appointed by the Speaker of the House and one appointed by | ||||||
13 | the Minority Leader of the House. | ||||||
14 | (3) Two members of the Senate, one appointed by the | ||||||
15 | President of the Senate and one appointed by the Minority | ||||||
16 | Leader of the Senate. | ||||||
17 | (4) Persons appointed by the Governor, which may | ||||||
18 | include the following: | ||||||
19 | (A) Representatives of business in this State. | ||||||
20 | (B) Representatives of municipalities and counties | ||||||
21 | in this State. | ||||||
22 | (C) Representatives of prekindergarten through | ||||||
23 | grade 20 teachers, parents, and administrators in this | ||||||
24 | State, including representatives of professional | ||||||
25 | organizations, associations, and labor unions. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Representatives from the following State agencies, | ||||||
2 | boards, commissions, and councils: | ||||||
3 | (A) The Board of Higher Education. | ||||||
4 | (B) The State Board of Education. | ||||||
5 | (C) The Illinois Community College Board. | ||||||
6 | (D) The Illinois Student Assistance Commission. | ||||||
7 | (E) The Illinois Workforce Investment Board. | ||||||
8 | (F) The Department of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
9 | Opportunity. | ||||||
10 | (G) The Illinois Early Learning Council.
| ||||||
11 | Members who are appointed shall serve for terms expiring on | ||||||
12 | July 1 of the third calendar year following their appointments | ||||||
13 | or until their successors are appointed and have qualified to | ||||||
14 | serve. Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as original | ||||||
15 | appointments, and any member so appointed shall serve during | ||||||
16 | the remainder of the term for which the vacancy occurred. The | ||||||
17 | Governor or his or her designee shall serve as chairperson of | ||||||
18 | the Illinois Education Roundtable. | ||||||
19 | (b) The Illinois Education Roundtable may do the following: | ||||||
20 | (1) support the academic achievement of students at all | ||||||
21 | levels by structuring a comprehensive and collaborative | ||||||
22 | statewide strategy to improve education; | ||||||
23 | (2) disseminate information regarding collaborative | ||||||
24 | prekindergarten through grade 20 best practices in | ||||||
25 | educational and workforce development; | ||||||
26 | (3) coordinate the activities of existing educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and workforce development agencies, with a focus on | ||||||
2 | integrating a student's education from pre-school through | ||||||
3 | graduate and professional education; | ||||||
4 | (4) establish an integrated, interconnected approach | ||||||
5 | to developing and implementing a prekindergarten through | ||||||
6 | grade 20 educational policy agenda for this State; and | ||||||
7 | (5) advise the Governor, the General Assembly, the | ||||||
8 | State's education and higher education agencies, and the | ||||||
9 | State's workforce and economic development boards and | ||||||
10 | agencies on polices related to lifelong learning for | ||||||
11 | Illinois students and families.
| ||||||
12 | (c) The chairperson of the Illinois Education Roundtable | ||||||
13 | may authorize the creation of working groups focusing on areas | ||||||
14 | of interest to Illinois educational and workforce development. | ||||||
15 | Working groups may address, without limitation, the following: | ||||||
16 | (1) Preparation, recruitment, and certification of | ||||||
17 | highly qualified teachers. | ||||||
18 | (2) Mentoring and induction of highly qualified | ||||||
19 | teachers. | ||||||
20 | (3) The diversity of highly qualified teachers. | ||||||
21 | (4) Highly qualified administrators. | ||||||
22 | (5) Illinois birth through age 3 education, | ||||||
23 | prekindergarten, and early childhood education: | ||||||
24 | (6) The assessment, alignment, outreach, and network | ||||||
25 | of college and workforce readiness efforts.
| ||||||
26 | (7) Alternative routes to college access. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (8) Research data and accountability. | ||||||
2 | (9) Routes to school district consolidation.
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/27A-4)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 27A-4. General Provisions.
| ||||||
5 | (a) The General Assembly does not intend to alter or amend | ||||||
6 | the provisions
of any court-ordered desegregation plan in | ||||||
7 | effect for any school district. A
charter school shall be | ||||||
8 | subject to all federal and State laws and
constitutional | ||||||
9 | provisions prohibiting discrimination on the basis of
| ||||||
10 | disability, race, creed, color, gender, national origin, | ||||||
11 | religion, ancestry,
marital status, or need for special | ||||||
12 | education services.
| ||||||
13 | (b) The total number of charter schools operating under | ||||||
14 | this Article at any
one time shall not exceed 120
60 . Not more | ||||||
15 | than 60
30 charter
schools
shall operate at any one time in any | ||||||
16 | city having a population exceeding
500,000; not more than 30
15
| ||||||
17 | charter schools shall operate at any one time in the counties | ||||||
18 | of DuPage, Kane,
Lake, McHenry, Will, and that portion of Cook | ||||||
19 | County that is located outside a
city having a population | ||||||
20 | exceeding 500,000, with not more than one
charter school that | ||||||
21 | has been initiated by a board of education, or
by an | ||||||
22 | intergovernmental agreement between or among boards of | ||||||
23 | education,
operating at any one time in the school district | ||||||
24 | where the charter school is
located; and not more than 30
15
| ||||||
25 | charter
schools shall operate at any one time in the remainder |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the State, with not
more than one charter school that
has | ||||||
2 | been initiated by a board of education, or
by an | ||||||
3 | intergovernmental agreement between or among boards of | ||||||
4 | education,
operating at any one
time in the school district | ||||||
5 | where the charter school is located.
| ||||||
6 | For purposes of implementing this Section, the State Board | ||||||
7 | shall assign a
number to each charter submission it receives | ||||||
8 | under Section 27A-6 for its
review and certification, based on | ||||||
9 | the chronological order in which the
submission is received by | ||||||
10 | it. The State Board shall promptly notify local
school boards | ||||||
11 | when the maximum numbers of certified charter schools | ||||||
12 | authorized
to operate have been reached.
| ||||||
13 | (c) No charter shall be granted under this Article that | ||||||
14 | would convert any
existing private, parochial, or non-public | ||||||
15 | school to a charter school.
| ||||||
16 | (d) Enrollment in a charter school shall be open to any | ||||||
17 | pupil who resides
within the geographic boundaries of the area | ||||||
18 | served by the local school board, provided that the board of | ||||||
19 | education in a city having a population exceeding 500,000 may | ||||||
20 | designate attendance boundaries for no more than one-third of | ||||||
21 | the charter schools permitted in the city if the board of | ||||||
22 | education determines that attendance boundaries are needed to | ||||||
23 | relieve overcrowding or to better serve low-income and at-risk | ||||||
24 | students. Students residing within an attendance boundary may | ||||||
25 | be given priority for enrollment, but must not be required to | ||||||
26 | attend the charter school.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) Nothing in this Article shall prevent 2 or more local | ||||||
2 | school boards from
jointly
issuing a charter to a single shared | ||||||
3 | charter school, provided that all of the
provisions of this | ||||||
4 | Article are met as to those local school boards.
| ||||||
5 | (f) No local school board shall require any employee of the | ||||||
6 | school district
to be employed in a charter school.
| ||||||
7 | (g) No local school board shall require any pupil residing | ||||||
8 | within the
geographic boundary of its district to enroll in a | ||||||
9 | charter school.
| ||||||
10 | (h) If there are more eligible applicants for enrollment in | ||||||
11 | a charter school
than there are spaces available, successful | ||||||
12 | applicants shall be selected by
lottery. However, priority | ||||||
13 | shall be given to siblings of pupils enrolled in
the charter | ||||||
14 | school and to pupils who were enrolled in the charter school | ||||||
15 | the
previous school year, unless expelled for cause, and | ||||||
16 | priority may be given to pupils residing within the charter | ||||||
17 | school's attendance boundary, if a boundary has been designated | ||||||
18 | by the board of education in a city having a population | ||||||
19 | exceeding 500,000. Dual enrollment at both a
charter school and | ||||||
20 | a public school or non-public school shall not be allowed.
A | ||||||
21 | pupil who is suspended or expelled from a charter school shall | ||||||
22 | be deemed to
be suspended or expelled from the public schools | ||||||
23 | of the school district in
which the pupil resides.
| ||||||
24 | (i) (Blank).
| ||||||
25 | (j) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the | ||||||
26 | contrary, a
school district in a city having a population |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | exceeding 500,000 shall not
have a duty to collectively bargain | ||||||
2 | with an exclusive representative of its
employees over | ||||||
3 | decisions to grant or deny a charter school proposal
under | ||||||
4 | Section 27A-8 of this Code, decisions to renew or revoke a | ||||||
5 | charter
under Section 27A-9 of this Code, and the impact of | ||||||
6 | these decisions,
provided that nothing in this Section shall | ||||||
7 | have the effect of negating,
abrogating, replacing, reducing, | ||||||
8 | diminishing, or limiting in any way
employee rights, | ||||||
9 | guarantees, or privileges granted in Sections 2, 3, 7, 8,
10, | ||||||
10 | 14, and 15 of the Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 93-3, eff. 4-16-03; 93-861, | ||||||
12 | eff. 1-1-05.)
| ||||||
13 | Section 93-10. The Education for Homeless Children Act is | ||||||
14 | amended by adding Section 1-33 as follows: | ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 45/1-33 new) | ||||||
16 | Sec. 1-33. Education of Homeless Children and Youth State | ||||||
17 | Grant Program. | ||||||
18 | (a) It is the purpose and intent of this Section to | ||||||
19 | establish a State grant program that parallels and supplements, | ||||||
20 | but operates independently of, the federal grant program | ||||||
21 | allocating funds for assistance under Subtitle B of Title VII | ||||||
22 | of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 | ||||||
23 | et seq.) and to establish a State grant program to support | ||||||
24 | school districts throughout the State in facilitating the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | enrollment, attendance, and success of homeless children and | ||||||
2 | youth. | ||||||
3 | (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education | ||||||
4 | shall award competitive grants under an Education of Homeless | ||||||
5 | Children and Youth State Grant Program to applicant school | ||||||
6 | districts in accordance with this Section. Services provided by | ||||||
7 | school districts through the use of grant funds may not replace | ||||||
8 | the regular academic program and must be designed to expand | ||||||
9 | upon or improve services provided for homeless students as part | ||||||
10 | of the school's regular academic program. | ||||||
11 | (c) A school district that desires to receive a grant under | ||||||
12 | this Section shall submit an application to the State Board of | ||||||
13 | Education at such time, in such manner, and containing or | ||||||
14 | accompanied by such information as the State Board of Education | ||||||
15 | may reasonably require. | ||||||
16 | (d) Grants must be awarded on the basis of the need of the | ||||||
17 | school district for assistance under this Section and the | ||||||
18 | quality of the applications submitted. | ||||||
19 | (1) In determining need under this subsection (d), the | ||||||
20 | State Board of Education may consider the number of | ||||||
21 | homeless children and youths enrolled in preschool, | ||||||
22 | elementary school, and secondary school within the school | ||||||
23 | district and shall consider the needs of such children and | ||||||
24 | youths and the ability of the district to meet such needs. | ||||||
25 | The State Board of Education may also consider the | ||||||
26 | following: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (A) The extent to which the proposed use of funds | ||||||
2 | will facilitate the enrollment, retention, and | ||||||
3 | educational success of homeless children and youths. | ||||||
4 | (B) The extent to which the application (i) | ||||||
5 | reflects coordination with other local and State | ||||||
6 | agencies that serve homeless children and youths and | ||||||
7 | (ii) describes how the applicant will meet the | ||||||
8 | requirements of this Act and the federal | ||||||
9 | McKinney-Vento Homeless Education Assistance | ||||||
10 | Improvements Act of 2001. | ||||||
11 | (C) The extent to which the applicant exhibits in | ||||||
12 | the application and in current practice a commitment to | ||||||
13 | education for all homeless children and youths. | ||||||
14 | (D) Such other criteria as the State Board | ||||||
15 | determines is appropriate. | ||||||
16 | (2) In determining the quality of applications under | ||||||
17 | this subsection (d), the State Board of Education shall | ||||||
18 | consider the following: | ||||||
19 | (A) The applicant's assessment of needs and the | ||||||
20 | likelihood that the program presented in the | ||||||
21 | application will meet such needs. | ||||||
22 | (B) The types, intensity, and coordination of the | ||||||
23 | services to be provided under the program. | ||||||
24 | (C) The involvement of parents or guardians of | ||||||
25 | homeless children or youths in the education of these | ||||||
26 | children. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (D) The extent to which homeless children and | ||||||
2 | youths are effectively integrated within the regular | ||||||
3 | education program. | ||||||
4 | (E) The quality of the applicant's evaluation plan | ||||||
5 | for the program. | ||||||
6 | (F) The extent to which services provided will be | ||||||
7 | coordinated with other services available to homeless | ||||||
8 | children and youths and their families. | ||||||
9 | (G) Such other measures as the State Board | ||||||
10 | considers indicative of a high-quality program, such | ||||||
11 | as the extent to which the school district will provide | ||||||
12 | case management or related services to unaccompanied | ||||||
13 | youths. | ||||||
14 | (e) Grants awarded under this Section shall be for terms | ||||||
15 | not to exceed 3 years, but subject to annual appropriation for | ||||||
16 | this program. School districts shall use funds awarded under | ||||||
17 | this Section only for those activities set forth in Section | ||||||
18 | 723(d) of Subtitle B of Title VII of the McKinney-Vento | ||||||
19 | Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11433(d)). | ||||||
20 | (f) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules, | ||||||
21 | consistent with the requirements of this Section, that are | ||||||
22 | necessary to implement and administer the Education of Homeless | ||||||
23 | Children and Youth State Grant Program. | ||||||
24 | Section 93-15. The School Construction Law is amended by | ||||||
25 | adding Section 5-105 as follows: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 230/5-105 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 5-105. Early childhood construction grants. | ||||||
3 | (a) Subject to appropriation, the Capital Development | ||||||
4 | Board is authorized to make construction grants to early | ||||||
5 | childhood providers, including school districts, non-profit | ||||||
6 | and for-profit community-based entities, license-exempt | ||||||
7 | entities, and faith-based schools. These grants shall be paid | ||||||
8 | out of moneys appropriated for that purpose from the School | ||||||
9 | Infrastructure Fund. An early childhood provider must provide | ||||||
10 | matching funds in an amount equal to the amount of the grant | ||||||
11 | under this Section. An early childhood provider has no | ||||||
12 | entitlement to a grant under this Section. | ||||||
13 | (b) The Capital Development Board shall adopt rules to | ||||||
14 | implement this Section. The rules may specify the following: | ||||||
15 | (1) the manner of applying for grants; | ||||||
16 | (2) project eligibility requirements; | ||||||
17 | (3) restrictions on the use of grant moneys; | ||||||
18 | (4) the manner in which recipients must account for the | ||||||
19 | use of grant moneys; and | ||||||
20 | (5) any other provision that the Capital Development | ||||||
21 | Board deems necessary to prioritize applications. | ||||||
22 | Early childhood construction grants shall be prioritized | ||||||
23 | in the following order: | ||||||
24 | (i) Projects that expand physical capacity in order to | ||||||
25 | serve additional children. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (ii) Projects to address health, life, and safety | ||||||
2 | issues, projects to bring non-compliant sites into | ||||||
3 | licensing compliance, projects that meet guidelines of the | ||||||
4 | federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or | ||||||
5 | projects that implement a birth to age 3 program. | ||||||
6 | (c) In each fiscal year in which early childhood | ||||||
7 | construction grants are awarded, 20% of the total amount | ||||||
8 | awarded must be awarded to early childhood providers located | ||||||
9 | within a municipality with a population of more than 500,000, | ||||||
10 | provided that those providers comply with the requirements of | ||||||
11 | this Section and the rules adopted under this Section. | ||||||
12 | Section 93-20. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended | ||||||
13 | by adding Section 9.33 as follows: | ||||||
14 | (110 ILCS 205/9.33 new) | ||||||
15 | Sec. 9.33. Teacher and school leadership preparation. | ||||||
16 | (a) Using funds appropriated for this purpose, the Board of | ||||||
17 | Higher Education, in conjunction with the State Board of | ||||||
18 | Education and the Illinois Community College Board, shall work | ||||||
19 | to strengthen teacher and school leadership preparation | ||||||
20 | programs and foster linkages to new teacher mentoring and | ||||||
21 | induction to better prepare graduates to teach in | ||||||
22 | low-performing and hard-to-staff schools, reduce teacher | ||||||
23 | attrition, and improve student achievement. | ||||||
24 | (b) The Board of Higher Education and the State Board of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Education shall jointly develop a pilot program to establish | ||||||
2 | high quality Professional Development Schools, in compliance | ||||||
3 | with National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education | ||||||
4 | (NCATE) standards for professional development schools and | ||||||
5 | guidelines established by the Board of Higher Education and the | ||||||
6 | State Board of Education. Professional Development School | ||||||
7 | guidelines shall include without limitation all of the | ||||||
8 | following principles: | ||||||
9 | (1) University and prekindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
10 | educators shall share governance of Professional | ||||||
11 | Development Schools through collaborative planning and | ||||||
12 | decision-making to address the needs of prekindergarten | ||||||
13 | through grade 12 programs and teacher preparation | ||||||
14 | programs. | ||||||
15 | (2) University faculty must be integrated into | ||||||
16 | clinical settings, especially those campus-based faculty | ||||||
17 | in the arts and sciences, educational foundations, and | ||||||
18 | educational psychology coursework. | ||||||
19 | (3) Professional Development Schools shall support | ||||||
20 | school improvement efforts and other statewide | ||||||
21 | prekindergarten through grade 12 reform initiatives. | ||||||
22 | (4) Teacher candidates must be provided with extensive | ||||||
23 | and intensive clinical experiences. | ||||||
24 | (5) Professional Development Schools shall collect | ||||||
25 | extensive qualitative and quantitative assessment data | ||||||
26 | relating to experiences, attitudes, student achievement, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and candidate readiness. | ||||||
2 | (6) Professional Development Schools shall collect | ||||||
3 | longitudinal data to track teacher graduates into their | ||||||
4 | classrooms and assess teacher effectiveness through | ||||||
5 | value-added evaluation of student achievement in the | ||||||
6 | classroom. | ||||||
7 | (7) Prekindergarten through grade 12 teachers and | ||||||
8 | university faculty shall establish and sustain a rigorous, | ||||||
9 | ongoing induction and mentoring system. | ||||||
10 | (8) Master teachers and administrators, who have | ||||||
11 | demonstrated exemplary teaching and leadership related to | ||||||
12 | student learning, shall provide a variety of support | ||||||
13 | services, such as modeling and coaching. | ||||||
14 | (9) Professional Development Schools shall reflect the | ||||||
15 | most current site-appropriate research. Faculty, teachers, | ||||||
16 | and candidates shall collaboratively engage in action | ||||||
17 | research for both the school and the college classroom. | ||||||
18 | (10) Best technological practices must be implemented | ||||||
19 | as effective instructional, planning, and management | ||||||
20 | tools. | ||||||
21 | (11) Professional Development Schools shall provide | ||||||
22 | experiences working with diverse learning styles; this | ||||||
23 | includes opportunities to interact with parents and the | ||||||
24 | broader community. | ||||||
25 | (12) Multiple universities may work collaboratively at | ||||||
26 | a Professional Development School. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (13) Information from Professional Development Schools | ||||||
2 | shall be submitted to the State Board of Education's | ||||||
3 | Teacher Certification Data Warehouse data collection | ||||||
4 | system. | ||||||
5 | The State Board of Education shall require | ||||||
6 | performance-based assessments measuring candidates' knowledge | ||||||
7 | in content and pedagogy, as demonstrated by successfully | ||||||
8 | passing the following assessments at predetermined checkpoints | ||||||
9 | for certification and degree completion: | ||||||
10 | (A) the basic skills test, required prior to | ||||||
11 | admission to a college of education. | ||||||
12 | (B) the content area test or tests, required prior | ||||||
13 | to student teaching placement; and | ||||||
14 | (C) the pedagogy test, required prior to | ||||||
15 | completion of student teaching.
| ||||||
16 | (c) The Board of Higher Education and the Illinois | ||||||
17 | Community College Board shall work with universities and | ||||||
18 | community colleges to develop and implement effective | ||||||
19 | admission, transfer, and advisement policies for Associate of | ||||||
20 | Arts in Teaching graduates to promote the success of these | ||||||
21 | future teacher candidates. | ||||||
22 | (d) The Board of Higher Education, the State Board of | ||||||
23 | Education, and the Illinois Community College Board shall | ||||||
24 | develop a statewide system, including student unit records, to | ||||||
25 | assess and inform schools, school districts, community | ||||||
26 | colleges, universities, and the State on student, teacher, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school, and teacher preparation program performance. This | ||||||
2 | system shall include value-added learning at each level. | ||||||
3 | (e) The Board of Higher Education may adopt any rules that | ||||||
4 | are necessary to carry out its responsibilities under this | ||||||
5 | Section.
| ||||||
6 | Section 93-25. The Public Community College Act is amended | ||||||
7 | by adding Section 2-24 as follows: | ||||||
8 | (110 ILCS 805/2-24 new) | ||||||
9 | Sec. 2-24. Teacher and school leadership preparation. The | ||||||
10 | State Board shall comply with Section 9.33 of the Board of | ||||||
11 | Higher Education Act. The State Board may adopt any rules that | ||||||
12 | are necessary to carry out its responsibilities under Section | ||||||
13 | 9.33 of the Board of Higher Education Act.
| ||||||
14 | (110 ILCS 205/9.10 rep.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 93-30. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended | ||||||
16 | by repealing Section 9.10.
| ||||||
17 | Section 93-95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act | ||||||
18 | makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by | ||||||
19 | text that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a | ||||||
20 | Section represented by multiple versions), the use of that text | ||||||
21 | does not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the | ||||||
22 | changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | other Public Act. | ||||||
2 | ARTICLE 96. | ||||||
3 | Section 96-5. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing | ||||||
4 | Sections 18-255, 20-15, and 21-30 and by adding Section 18-178 | ||||||
5 | as follows: | ||||||
6 | (35 ILCS 200/18-178 new) | ||||||
7 | Sec. 18-178. Education Property Tax Relief Program. | ||||||
8 | Beginning with taxes levied in 2007 and payable in 2008, the | ||||||
9 | county clerk shall determine the final extension for education | ||||||
10 | purposes for all taxable property in each school district | ||||||
11 | located entirely in the county or for the taxable property of | ||||||
12 | that portion of a school district located in the county, | ||||||
13 | according to the maximum rate, levy, and extension authorized | ||||||
14 | under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the Truth in | ||||||
15 | Taxation Law, and any other provision in this Code. The county | ||||||
16 | clerk shall then reduce the extension for education purposes | ||||||
17 | for each school district or portion of a school district in the | ||||||
18 | county by the amount of the Education Property Tax Relief | ||||||
19 | Payment paid by the Illinois State Board of Education to each | ||||||
20 | school district under the Education Property Tax Relief Law and | ||||||
21 | certified to the county clerk for that school district or | ||||||
22 | portion of a school district by the Department. After the final | ||||||
23 | extension for education purposes has been determined and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reduced, the county clerk shall notify the Department. The | ||||||
2 | county clerk shall determine the prorated portion of the | ||||||
3 | certified Education Property Tax Relief Payment for districts | ||||||
4 | with boundaries located in 2 or more counties. The clerk shall | ||||||
5 | allocate the Education Property Tax Relief Payment based on the | ||||||
6 | most current final equalized assessed valuation data. The | ||||||
7 | extension amount for education purposes, as originally | ||||||
8 | calculated before reduction, is the final extension for | ||||||
9 | education purposes and shall be used for all other purposes, | ||||||
10 | including determining the maximum rate, levy, and extension | ||||||
11 | authorized under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the | ||||||
12 | Truth in Taxation Law, and any other provision in this Code and | ||||||
13 | the School Code.
| ||||||
14 | (35 ILCS 200/18-255)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 18-255. Abstract of assessments and extensions. When | ||||||
16 | the collector's
books are completed, the county clerk shall | ||||||
17 | make a complete statement of the
assessment and extensions, in | ||||||
18 | conformity to the instructions of the Department.
The clerk | ||||||
19 | shall certify the statement to the Department. Beginning with | ||||||
20 | the 2007 levy year and thereafter, the Department shall require | ||||||
21 | the statement to include a separate column listing the amount | ||||||
22 | of any extension that is reduced under Section 18-178 of this | ||||||
23 | Code.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: Laws 1943, vol. 1, p. 1136; P.A. 88-455.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (35 ILCS 200/20-15)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 20-15. Information on bill or separate statement. The | ||||||
3 | amount of tax liability due and the rates shown on each | ||||||
4 | individual tax bill pursuant to this Section are subject to the | ||||||
5 | reduction provided under Section 18-178 of this Code. There | ||||||
6 | shall be
printed on each bill, or on a separate slip which | ||||||
7 | shall be mailed with the
bill:
| ||||||
8 | (a) a statement itemizing the rate at which taxes have | ||||||
9 | been extended for
each of the taxing districts in the | ||||||
10 | county in whose district the property is
located, and in | ||||||
11 | those counties utilizing
electronic data processing | ||||||
12 | equipment the dollar amount of tax due from the
person | ||||||
13 | assessed allocable to each of those taxing districts, | ||||||
14 | including a
separate statement of the dollar amount of tax | ||||||
15 | due which is allocable to a tax
levied under the Illinois | ||||||
16 | Local Library Act or to any other tax levied by a
| ||||||
17 | municipality or township for public library purposes,
| ||||||
18 | (b) a separate statement for each of the taxing | ||||||
19 | districts of the dollar
amount of tax due which is | ||||||
20 | allocable to a tax levied under the Illinois Pension
Code | ||||||
21 | or to any other tax levied by a municipality or township | ||||||
22 | for public
pension or retirement purposes,
| ||||||
23 | (c) the total tax rate,
| ||||||
24 | (d) the total amount of tax due, and
| ||||||
25 | (e) the amount by which the total tax and the tax | ||||||
26 | allocable to each taxing
district differs from the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxpayer's last prior tax bill , and | ||||||
2 | (f) the amount of tax reduced under Section 18-178 of | ||||||
3 | the Code, entitled the Education Property Tax Relief | ||||||
4 | Program .
| ||||||
5 | The county treasurer shall ensure that only those taxing | ||||||
6 | districts in
which a parcel of property is located shall be | ||||||
7 | listed on the bill for that
property.
| ||||||
8 | In all counties the statement shall also provide:
| ||||||
9 | (1) the property index number or other suitable | ||||||
10 | description,
| ||||||
11 | (2) the assessment of the property,
| ||||||
12 | (3) the equalization factors imposed by the county and | ||||||
13 | by the Department,
and
| ||||||
14 | (4) the equalized assessment resulting from the | ||||||
15 | application of the
equalization factors to the basic | ||||||
16 | assessment.
| ||||||
17 | In all counties which do not classify property for purposes | ||||||
18 | of taxation, for
property on which a single family residence is | ||||||
19 | situated the statement shall
also include a statement to | ||||||
20 | reflect the fair cash value determined for the
property. In all | ||||||
21 | counties which classify property for purposes of taxation in
| ||||||
22 | accordance with Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois | ||||||
23 | Constitution, for
parcels of residential property in the lowest | ||||||
24 | assessment classification the
statement shall also include a | ||||||
25 | statement to reflect the fair cash value
determined for the | ||||||
26 | property.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | In all counties, the statement shall include information | ||||||
2 | that certain
taxpayers may be eligible for the Senior Citizens | ||||||
3 | and Disabled Persons Property
Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical | ||||||
4 | Assistance Act and that applications are
available from the | ||||||
5 | Illinois Department of Revenue.
| ||||||
6 | In counties which use the estimated or accelerated billing | ||||||
7 | methods, these
statements shall only be provided with the final | ||||||
8 | installment of taxes due. The
provisions of this Section create | ||||||
9 | a mandatory statutory duty. They are not
merely directory or | ||||||
10 | discretionary. The failure or neglect of the collector to
mail | ||||||
11 | the bill, or the failure of the taxpayer to receive the bill, | ||||||
12 | shall not
affect the validity of any tax, or the liability for | ||||||
13 | the payment of any tax.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 91-699, eff. 1-1-01.)
| ||||||
15 | (35 ILCS 200/21-30)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 21-30. Accelerated billing. Except as provided in this | ||||||
17 | Section, Section 9-260, and Section 21-40, in
counties with
| ||||||
18 | 3,000,000 or more inhabitants, by January 31 annually, | ||||||
19 | estimated tax bills
setting out the first installment of | ||||||
20 | property taxes for the preceding year,
payable in that year, | ||||||
21 | shall be prepared and mailed. The first installment of
taxes on | ||||||
22 | the estimated tax bills shall be computed at 50% of the total | ||||||
23 | of each
tax bill for the preceding year.
If, prior to the | ||||||
24 | preparation of the estimated tax bills, a certificate of
error | ||||||
25 | has been either approved by a court on or before November 30 of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
preceding year or certified pursuant to Section 14-15 on or | ||||||
2 | before November 30
of the preceding year, then the first | ||||||
3 | installment of taxes on the estimated tax
bills shall be | ||||||
4 | computed at 50% of the total taxes for the preceding year as
| ||||||
5 | corrected by the certificate of error.
By June 30 annually, | ||||||
6 | actual tax bills shall
be prepared and mailed. These bills | ||||||
7 | shall set out total taxes due and the
amount of estimated taxes | ||||||
8 | billed in the first installment, and shall state
the balance of | ||||||
9 | taxes due for that year as represented by the sum derived
from | ||||||
10 | subtracting the amount of the first installment from the total | ||||||
11 | taxes due
for that year , subject to the reduction of taxes | ||||||
12 | calculated under Section 18-178 of this Code. The second | ||||||
13 | installment shall also include the full amount of tax reduced | ||||||
14 | on each individual bill under Section 18-178 of this Code .
| ||||||
15 | The county board may provide by ordinance, in counties with | ||||||
16 | 3,000,000 or more
inhabitants, for taxes to be paid in 4 | ||||||
17 | installments. For the levy year for
which the ordinance is | ||||||
18 | first effective and each subsequent year, estimated tax
bills | ||||||
19 | setting out the first, second, and third installment of taxes | ||||||
20 | for the
preceding year, payable in that year, shall be prepared | ||||||
21 | and mailed not later
than the date specified by ordinance. Each | ||||||
22 | installment on estimated tax bills
shall be computed at 25% of | ||||||
23 | the total of each tax bill for the preceding year.
By the date | ||||||
24 | specified in the ordinance, actual tax bills shall be prepared | ||||||
25 | and
mailed. These bills shall set out total taxes due and the | ||||||
26 | amount of estimated
taxes billed in the first, second, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | third installments and shall state the
balance of taxes due for | ||||||
2 | that year as represented by the sum derived from
subtracting | ||||||
3 | the amount of the estimated installments from the total taxes | ||||||
4 | due
for that year.
| ||||||
5 | The county board of any county with less than 3,000,000 | ||||||
6 | inhabitants may, by
ordinance or resolution, adopt an | ||||||
7 | accelerated method of tax billing.
The county board may | ||||||
8 | subsequently rescind the ordinance or resolution and
revert to | ||||||
9 | the method otherwise provided for in this Code.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 93-560, eff. 8-20-03; 94-312, eff. 7-25-05.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 96-10. The School Code is amended by adding Article | ||||||
12 | 37 as follows: | ||||||
13 | (105 ILCS 5/Art. 37 heading new)
| ||||||
14 | ARTICLE 37. EDUCATION PROPERTY TAX RELIEF LAW | ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/37-1 new)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 37-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
17 | Education Property Tax Relief Law. | ||||||
18 | (105 ILCS 5/37-5 new)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 37-5. Definitions. As used in this Law: | ||||||
20 | "Agency" means the Illinois State Board of Education. | ||||||
21 | "Alternate Method Districts" means those school districts | ||||||
22 | that have a Median Multiplier in the bottom one-third (ranked |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from highest to lowest) as compared to the school districts | ||||||
2 | within their respective District Type. | ||||||
3 | "Average Daily Attendance" means the count of pupil | ||||||
4 | attendance in school, averaged as provided for in Section | ||||||
5 | 18-8.05 of this Code, that is used in the calculation of the | ||||||
6 | most recent finalized year's General State Aid, also as | ||||||
7 | calculated per Section 18-8.05 of this Code. | ||||||
8 | "District Type" means a unit district, elementary | ||||||
9 | district, or high school district, as such terms are defined in | ||||||
10 | Section 11E-10 of this Code. | ||||||
11 | "Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil" means the | ||||||
12 | quotient determined by dividing the equalized assessed | ||||||
13 | valuation of the taxable property of a school district (using | ||||||
14 | the Tax Year) by the school district's Average Daily | ||||||
15 | Attendance. | ||||||
16 | "Equalized Assessed Valuation Scale Composite" means the | ||||||
17 | product determined by multiplying the Median Multiplier by the | ||||||
18 | Operating Tax Levy. | ||||||
19 | "Median Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil" means the | ||||||
20 | median Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil of school | ||||||
21 | districts for each District Type. | ||||||
22 | "Median Multiplier" means the quotient determined by | ||||||
23 | dividing the Median Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil by | ||||||
24 | the Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil for each school | ||||||
25 | district. | ||||||
26 | "Operating Tax Levy" means all school district property |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | taxes in a Tax Year extended for all purposes, except bond and | ||||||
2 | interest, summer school, rent, capital improvement, and | ||||||
3 | vocational education building purposes. | ||||||
4 | "Relevant Total Amount Available" means the amount set | ||||||
5 | forth in in item (2) of Section 37-15 of this Law divided by | ||||||
6 | the Total Amount Available for each District Type. The Total | ||||||
7 | Amount Available for each District Type means the product of | ||||||
8 | (A) the total Equalized Assessed Valuation for a District Type | ||||||
9 | divided by the total Equalized Assessed Valuation for all | ||||||
10 | District Types; and (B) the amount set forth in item (2) of | ||||||
11 | Section 37-15. | ||||||
12 | "Tax Year" means, for the first fiscal year during which | ||||||
13 | moneys are disbursed pursuant to this Law, the 2004 tax year | ||||||
14 | and, for subsequent years, the most recent tax year for which | ||||||
15 | data is available. | ||||||
16 | "Total Equalized Assessed Valuation Scale Composite" means | ||||||
17 | the sum determined by adding the Equalized Assessed Valuation | ||||||
18 | Scale Composite of all districts in a District Type. | ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/37-10 new)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 37-10. Calculation of the Education Property Tax | ||||||
21 | Relief Payment.
| ||||||
22 | (a) The Agency shall calculate a payment for each school | ||||||
23 | district, other than a school district organized under Article | ||||||
24 | 34 of this Code, in the following manner: | ||||||
25 | (1) School districts shall be separated by District |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Type; | ||||||
2 | (2) For all school districts within a District Type, | ||||||
3 | the Agency shall, using the Tax Year, calculate the | ||||||
4 | Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil; | ||||||
5 | (3) The Agency shall calculate the Median Equalized | ||||||
6 | Assessed Valuation Per Pupil; | ||||||
7 | (4) For each District Type, the Agency shall calculate | ||||||
8 | the Median Multiplier; | ||||||
9 | (5) The Agency shall determine which school districts | ||||||
10 | within each District Type are Alternate Method Districts; | ||||||
11 | (6) Each Alternate Method District shall receive, as a | ||||||
12 | payment, an amount equal to that district's Average Daily | ||||||
13 | Attendance multiplied by $250; and | ||||||
14 | (7) For each school district in each District Type | ||||||
15 | other than Alternate Method Districts, the Agency shall: | ||||||
16 | (A) divide the Equalized Assessed Valuation Scale | ||||||
17 | Composite for the district by the Total Equalized | ||||||
18 | Assessed Valuation Scale Composite of all districts in | ||||||
19 | the district's District Type; and | ||||||
20 | (B) multiply the quotient in item (a)(7)(A) by the | ||||||
21 | Relevant Total Amount Available less the amount | ||||||
22 | calculated in item (a)(6) for each District Type. | ||||||
23 | (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Law, a | ||||||
24 | school district may not receive, pursuant to this Law, an | ||||||
25 | amount greater than 50% of the district's Operating Tax Levy. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/37-15 new)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 37-15. Education Property Tax Relief. Subject to | ||||||
3 | appropriation, the Agency shall make the following payments: | ||||||
4 | (1) School districts organized under Article 34 of the | ||||||
5 | School Code shall receive a payment of $200,000,000. The | ||||||
6 | payment shall be divided equally in 2 installments and | ||||||
7 | shall be payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year. | ||||||
8 | (2) The total amount available to school districts | ||||||
9 | subject to Section 37-10 of this Law is $800,000,000, and | ||||||
10 | those districts shall receive their payments in 2 equal | ||||||
11 | installments and shall be payable on March 1 and September | ||||||
12 | 1 of each year. | ||||||
13 | (105 ILCS 5/37-20 new)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 37-20. Certification of Payment. | ||||||
15 | (a) The Agency shall, by January 1 of each year, certify to | ||||||
16 | the Illinois Department of Revenue the payments due to each | ||||||
17 | school district under this Law. If a school district's | ||||||
18 | boundaries are located in 2 or more counties, the certification | ||||||
19 | shall identify each county in which the school district is | ||||||
20 | located. | ||||||
21 | (b) The Department of Revenue shall, by January 15 of each | ||||||
22 | year, certify the payment due to each school district to the | ||||||
23 | county clerk of the county in which the school district is | ||||||
24 | located.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ARTICLE 99. SEVERABILITY; EFFECTIVE DATE | ||||||
2 | Section 99-5. Severability. The provisions of this Act are | ||||||
3 | severable under Section 1.31 of the Statute on Statutes. | ||||||
4 | Section 99-10. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||||||
5 | becoming law.".
|